Quarterlytics / Industrials / Electrical Equipment & Parts / Ultralife Corporation

Ultralife Corporation

ulbi · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ulbi
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Electrical Equipment & Parts
Employees 671
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Ultralife Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
This Page Intentionally Left Blank 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS 

During 2016, we delivered results that once again demonstrated the operating leverage of our 
business  model  with  top-line  growth.  Strategically,  we  continued  to  make  progress  in 
diversifying served markets, expanding our market and global reach organically and through 
acquisition, and leveraging new product development. 

Reflecting the strategic growth initiatives taken over the last several years and guided by our 
“30-5-5-10=10” business model, we achieved revenue growth and bottom line profitability in 
2016.  On an 8% increase in revenue to $82.5 million, we grew operating profit 13% to $3.8 
million and generated EPS growth of 28% to $0.23 compared to last year.  While generating 
EBITDA  of  $7.5  million  and  utilizing  $11.8  million  of  cash  to  acquire  Accutronics  and 
complete our share repurchase program, we ended 2016 with cash-on-hand of $10.7 million, a 
current ratio of 4.4 and no debt, a testament to our ability to build liquidity and to fund growth 
initiatives internally.   

Battery & Energy Products (B&EP)  

B&EP  commercial  sales  increased  by  $7.5  million  or  23%  over  2015  reflecting  our 
acquisition of Accutronics  and an increase in  core medical  sales, which  helped to  offset  the 
impact  of  the  non-recurring,  year-earlier  surge  for  our  9  Volt  batteries  driven  by  some 
legislative  changes  overseas  for  smoke  detectors.    Government  and  defense  sales  decreased 
$8.0  million  or  25%  from  2015  due  primarily  to  cutbacks  in  U.S.  defense  spending. 
Accordingly,  total  Battery  &  Energy  Products  revenues  decreased  $0.5  million  or 
approximately  1%  to  $64.8  million  for  2016.    Commercial  sales  comprised  63%  of  total 
B&EP sales for 2016 versus 51% in 2015. The increasingly diversified revenue mix, including 
the  higher  value  proposition  medical  sales,  combined  with  strict  cost  control  by  the  B&EP 
team resulted in a 160 basis point improvement in gross margin to 30.2%.  

Communications Systems 

For  our  Communication  Systems  business,  we  remained  deeply  embedded  in  developing 
major opportunities  with  the U.S.  Department  of  Defense wherein  our technical  expertise is 
helping  to  shape  platform  capabilities,  increase  communications  consistency,  and  eliminate 
legacy  equipment  programs  by  providing  radio  agnostic  and  cost  effective  solutions.    This 
positioning resulted in 2016 shipments through an OEM to the U.S. Army of $10.3 million for 
initial  and  follow-on  awards  of  our  Vehicle  Installed  Power  Enhanced  Riflemen  Appliqués, 
leading to revenues increasing by $6.6 million or 59% to $17.7 million for 2016.  Our team 
remained focused on executing our new product development strategy, leveraging technology 
advancements,  solidifying  our  relationships  with  major  global  customers  and  utilizing  our 
strong position in the 20W amplifier space to further expand into integrated system solutions.  
As a result, approximately 65% of Communications Systems’ 2016 sales came from products 
less than three years old.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Going Forward 

For  2017,  disciplined  execution  of  our  business  model  and  continued  investment  in  market 
and sales reach expansion and new product development position us well to realize additional 
operating leverage, further diversify beyond our core U.S. government/defense business, and 
achieve  another  year  of  profitable  growth.    We  will  also  continue  to  pursue  accretive 
acquisitions  and  strategic  partnership  opportunities  to  more  quickly  gain  scale,  particular 
market  access  or  technology,  new  products,  and/or  skilled  resources,  as  the  case  may  be, 
while adhering to our disciplined approach.  Whereas commercial diversity has strengthened 
our Company, driving revenue growth and improving profitability, our core military product 
expertise  remains  intact,    uniquely  positioning  us  for  taking  advantage  of  any  additional 
revenue and operating leverage opportunities should there be an increase in U.S. government 
defense spending. 

For Battery & Energy Products, our approach remains to expand our market and sales reach 
through  diversification  and  further  penetration  of  commercial  markets,  international 
government  defense  markets,  and  from  a  broader  range  of  U.S.  government  defense 
customers, helping to lessen the impact of fluctuations that can occur in this business. We will 
continue  to  focus  on  the  medical,  safety,  security,  internet  of  things,  and  asset  tracking 
markets  and  utilize  our  global  platforms  to  drive  revenue  growth.  This  will  include  close 
collaboration with our key customers to develop new products, and evolve existing products 
through multi-generational product planning, to help them achieve their product performance 
goals and expand competitive advantage.  Our close customer interaction continues to be one 
of our best opportunities to provide value and foster long-term customer relationships in 2017.   

For  Communications  Systems,  we  continue  to  work  with  international  business  partners  to 
solidify  our  opportunity  pipeline  with  new  product  development  of  next  generation 
technologies  for  our  Special  Operations  Forces  and  OEM  customers.  Our  new  product 
development activity is associated with integrated tactical communications systems, including 
but not limited to next generation amplifier and vehicle adapter products.  Multiple domestic 
and  international  OEMs  and  program  offices  are  evaluating  existing  products  or  are  in 
discussions for new capabilities to support radio programs with more complex waveforms and 
system integration requirements.  In addition,  we  will  continue to  grow  revenues in  our core 
amplifier and everyday ancillary equipment products business by navigating the various U.S. 
government and defense channels for tactical communications equipment.  Given our strong 
presence  and  alignment  with  our  customers  and  current  world  events,  we  remain  optimistic 
about the revenue growth prospects for our Communication Systems business.  

In  closing,  I  would  like  to  thank  our  employees  for  their  2016  accomplishments  and 
commitment  toward  executing  our  growth  plans,  our  partners  and  customers  for  their 
continued collaboration with us, and our shareholders for their continued support.    

Michael D. Popielec 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 

/X/ Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 
OR 
/  / Transition report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the transition period from ____________ to ____________ 

Commission file number 0-20852 

ULTRALIFE CORPORATION    
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware                                                                                                                    
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

                          16-1387013                     
                  (I.R.S. Employer 
                Identification No.) 

2000 Technology Parkway, Newark, New York                                                               
(Address of principal executive offices)                                                                                    

                                    14513 
              (Zip Code) 

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (315) 332-7100 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of each class 
Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
NASDAQ Global Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 

Securities Act. Yes…. No..X... 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of 

the Act. Yes…. No..X... 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) 
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was 
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes..X…   No…. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if 
any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of 
this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post 
such files). Yes..X…   No…. 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of 
this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or 
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ X ] 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated 
filer,  or  a  smaller  reporting  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer”  and  “smaller 
reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer ….     Accelerated filer ...…    Non-accelerated filer ….    Smaller reporting company ..X... 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 

Yes…. No..X... 

On June 26, 2016, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates as defined in Rule 405 
under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933)  of  the  registrant  was  approximately  $46,435,667  (in  whole  dollars)  based  upon  the 
closing price for such common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market on June 24, 2016. 

As  of  February  8,  2017,  the  registrant  had  15,363,658  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding,  net  of  4,015,752 

treasury shares. 

 
 
 
 
              
 
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Certain portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on 
July 18, 2017 are specifically incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K, except for the equity plan information required by Item 12 as set forth herein. 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

ITEM 

PAGE 

PART I 

1  Business ..................................................................................................................3 

1A Risk Factors ............................................................................................................14 

1B Unresolved Staff Comments ..................................................................................22 

2  Properties ................................................................................................................22 

3  Legal Proceedings ...................................................................................................23 

4  Mine Safety Disclosures .........................................................................................23 

PART II 

5  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder 

Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities ..............................................24 

6  Selected Financial Data ..........................................................................................25 

7  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 

Results of Operations ............................................................................................25 

7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ............................35 

8  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ......................................................36 

9  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and 

Financial Disclosure .............................................................................................63 

9A Controls and Procedures.........................................................................................63 

9B Other Information ...................................................................................................63 

PART III 

10  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ....................................64 

11  Executive Compensation ........................................................................................64 

12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and  

Related Stockholder Matters ................................................................................64 

13  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence......64 

14  Principal Accountant Fees and Services ................................................................64 

PART IV 

15  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ...............................................................65 

Signatures .....................................................................................................................68 

Index to Exhibits...........................................................................................................69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements.  This report 
contains  certain  forward-looking  statements  and  information  that  are  based  on  the  beliefs  of  management  as  well  as 
assumptions made by and information currently available to management.  The statements contained in this report relating to 
matters  that  are  not  historical  facts  are  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties,  including,  but  not 
limited to, our reliance on certain key customers; potential costs because of the warranties we supply with our products and 
services; our efforts to develop new commercial applications for our products;  possible  future declines in demand for the 
products that use our batteries or communications systems; the unique risks associated with our China operations; reduced 
U.S. and foreign military spending including the uncertainty associated with government budget approvals; our inability to 
comply with changes to the regulations for the shipment of our products;  variability in our quarterly and annual results and 
the  price  of  our  common  stock;  possible  impairments  of  our  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets;  possible  breaches  in 
security  and  other  disruptions;  safety  risks,  including  the  risk  of  fire;  negative  publicity  of  Lithium-ion  batteries;  our 
resources being overwhelmed by our growth prospects;  our ability to retain top management and key personnel;  potential 
disruptions in our supply of raw materials and components; our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations; our customers’ 
demand falling short of volume expectations in our supply agreements; the risk that we are unable to protect our proprietary 
and  intellectual  property;  rules  and  procedures  regarding  contracting  with  the  U.S.  and  foreign  governments;  exposure  to 
possible violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act or other anti-corruption laws; our ability 
to  utilize  our  net  operating  loss  carry-forwards;  our  ability  to  comply  with  government  regulations  regarding  the  use  of 
“conflict  minerals”;  possible  audits  of  our  contracts  by  the  U.S.  and  foreign  governments  and  their  respective  defense 
agencies; known and unknown environmental matters; technological innovations in the non-rechargeable and rechargeable 
battery industries; and other risks and uncertainties, certain of which are beyond our control.   

Although we base these forward-looking statements on assumptions that we believe are reasonable when made, we 
caution  you  that  forward-looking  statements  are  not  guarantees  of  future  performance  and  that  our  actual  results  of 
operations, financial condition and liquidity and the development of the industries in which we operate may differ materially 
from  those  made  in  or  suggested  by  the  forward-looking  statements  contained  herein.  In  addition,  even  if  our  results  of 
operations, financial condition and liquidity and the development of the industries in which we operate are consistent with 
the forward-looking statements contained in this document, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or 
developments in subsequent periods. Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on 
these forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements that we make herein speak only as of the date of those 
statements, and we undertake no obligation to update those statements or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to 
any of those statements to reflect future events or developments. Comparisons of results for current and any prior periods are 
not intended to express any future trends or indications of future performance, unless expressed as such, and should only be 
viewed as historical data.  When used in this report, the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate” or “expect” or words of 
similar  import  are  intended  to  identify  forward-looking  statements.    For  further  discussion  of  certain  of  the  matters 
described above and other risks and uncertainties, see “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

As used in this annual report, unless otherwise indicated, the terms “the Company”, “we”, “our” and “us” refer to 
Ultralife  Corporation  (“Ultralife”)  and  includes  our  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  ABLE  New  Energy  Co.,  Limited  and  its 
wholly-owned  subsidiary  ABLE  New  Energy  Co.,  Ltd;  Ultralife  UK  LTD  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Accutronics 
Ltd; Ultralife Batteries (UK) Ltd.; and our majority-owned joint venture Ultralife Batteries India Private Limited. 

Dollar  amounts  throughout  this  Form  10-K  Annual  Report  are  presented  in  thousands  of  dollars,  except  for  per 

share amounts. 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS  

General 

We  offer  products  and  services  ranging  from  power  solutions  to  communications  and  electronics  systems  to 
customers across the globe in the government, defense and commercial sectors.  With an emphasis on strong engineering 
and  a  collaborative  approach  to  problem  solving,  we  design  and  manufacture  power  and  communications  systems 
including:  rechargeable and non-rechargeable batteries, charging systems, communications and electronics systems and 
accessories, and custom engineered systems.  We continually evaluate ways to grow, including the design, development and 
sale  of  new  products,  expansion  of  our  sales  force  to  penetrate  new  markets  and  geographies,  as  well  as  seeking 
opportunities to expand through acquisitions. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We sell our products worldwide through a variety of trade channels, including original equipment manufacturers 
(“OEMs”),  industrial  and  defense  supply  distributors,  and  directly  to  U.S.  and  international  defense  departments.  We 
enjoy  strong  name  recognition  in  our  markets  under  our  Ultralife®  Batteries,  Lithium  Power®,  McDowell  Research®, 
AMTI™, ABLE™, ACCUTRONICS™, ACCUPRO™, ENTELLION™ brands. We have sales, operations and product 
development facilities in North America, Europe and Asia.  

We report our results in two operating segments: Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems.  The 
Battery & Energy Products segment includes:  Lithium 9-volt, cylindrical, thin cell and other non-rechargeable batteries, 
in  addition  to  rechargeable  batteries,  uninterruptable  power  supplies,  charging  systems  and  accessories.  The 
Communications Systems segment includes:   RF amplifiers, power supplies, cable and connector assemblies, amplified 
speakers,  equipment  mounts,  case  equipment,  man-portable  systems,  integrated  communication  systems  for  fixed  or 
vehicle  applications  and  communications  and  electronics  systems  design.  We  believe  that  reporting  performance  at  the 
gross profit level is the best indicator of segment performance.  As such, we report segment performance at the gross profit 
level and operating expenses as Corporate charges.  (See Note 11 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.) 

Our website address is www.ultralifecorporation.com.  We make available free of charge via a hyperlink on our 
website (see Investor Relations link on the website) our annual report on Form 10-K, proxy statements, quarterly reports 
on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports and statements as soon as reasonably 
practicable  after  such  material  is  electronically  filed  with  or  furnished  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission 
(“SEC”).  We will provide copies of these reports upon written request to the attention of Philip A. Fain, CFO, Treasurer 
and Secretary, Ultralife Corporation, 2000 Technology Parkway, Newark, New York, 14513. Our filings  with the SEC 
are also available through the SEC website at www.sec.gov or at the SEC Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., 
Washington, D.C. 20549 or by calling 1-800-SEC-0330.   

Battery & Energy Products  

We manufacture and/or market a family of Lithium Manganese Dioxide (Li-MnO2), Lithium Manganese Dioxide 
Carbon  Monofluoride  (Li-CFx/MnO2)  hybrid  and  Lithium  Thionyl  Chloride  (Li-SOCl2)  non-rechargeable  batteries 
including  9-volt,  HiRate®  cylindrical,  ThinCell®,  and  other  form  factors.    Applications  for  our  9-volt  batteries  include: 
smoke  alarms,  wireless  security  systems  and  intensive  care  monitors,  among  many  other  devices.    Our  HiRate®  and 
ThinCell® Lithium non-rechargeable batteries are sold primarily to the military and to OEMs in industrial markets for use in 
a  variety  of  applications  including  radios,  emergency  radio  beacons,  search  and  rescue  transponders,  pipeline  inspection 
gauges,  portable  medical  devices  and  other  specialty  instruments  and  applications.  Military  applications  for  our  non-
rechargeable HiRate® batteries include:  man-pack and  survival radios,  night  vision devices,  targeting devices,  chemical 
agent  monitors  and  thermal  imaging  equipment.    Our  Lithium  Thionyl  Chloride  batteries,  sold  under  our  ABLE  and 
Ultralife  brands  as  well  as  a  private  label  brand,  are  used  in  a  variety  of  applications  including  utility  meters,  wireless 
security  devices,  electronic  meters,  automotive  electronics  and  geothermal  devices.    We  believe  that  the  chemistry  of 
Lithium  batteries  provides  significant  advantages  over  other  currently  available  non-rechargeable  battery  technologies.  
These  advantages  include:  higher  energy  density,  lighter  weight,  longer  operating  time,  longer  shelf  life  and  a  wider 
operating temperature range.  Our non-rechargeable batteries also have relatively flat voltage profiles, which provide stable 
power.    Conventional  non-rechargeable  batteries,  such  as  alkaline  batteries,  have  sloping  voltage  profiles  that  result  in 
decreasing  power  output  during  discharge.    While  the  price  of  our  Lithium  batteries  is  generally  higher  than  alkaline 
batteries, the increased energy per unit of weight and volume of our Lithium batteries allow for longer operating times and 
less frequent battery replacements for our targeted applications.   

We believe that our ability to design and produce lightweight, high-energy Lithium ion and Nickel Metal Hydride 
(NiMH) rechargeable batteries and charging systems in a variety of custom sizes, shapes, and thicknesses offers substantial 
benefits to our customers.  We  market  Lithium ion and NiMH rechargeable batteries comprising cells  manufactured  by 
qualified  cell  manufacturers.    Our  rechargeable  products  can  be  used  in  a  wide  variety  of  applications  including 
communications, medical and other portable electronic devices.   

Within  this  segment,  we  also  seek  to  fund  the  development  of  new  products  that  we  hope  will  advance  our 

technologies through contracts with both government agencies and private sector third parties. 

We continue to obtain development contracts for intellectual property that  we believe  will enhance our efforts to 
commercialize new products that we develop.  Revenues in this segment that pertain to development or license contracts may 
vary widely each year, depending upon the quantity and size of contracts obtained. 

Revenues for this segment for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $64,753 and segment contribution (gross 

profit) was $19,580. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Communications Systems  

Under our McDowell Research and AMTI brands, we design and manufacture a line of communications systems 
and accessories to support military communications requirements, including RF amplifiers, power supplies, power cables, 
connector  assemblies,  amplified  speakers,  equipment  mounts,  case  equipment,  man-portable  systems  and  integrated 
communication systems for fixed or vehicle applications such as vehicle adapters, Vehicle Installed Power Enhanced 
Rifleman Appliqué (“VIPER”) systems  and SATCOM systems.  All systems are packaged to meet specific customer 
needs in rugged enclosures to allow for their use in extreme environments. We market these products to all branches of 
the U.S. military and approved foreign defense organizations, as well as, U.S. and international prime defense contractors.   

Revenues for this segment for the year ended December  31, 2016 were $17,707 and segment contribution (gross 

profit) was $5,528. 

Corporate  

We allocate revenues and cost of sales between the above operating segments.  The balance of income and expense, 
including  but  not  limited  to  research  and  development  expenses,  and  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses,  are 
reported as Corporate expenses. 

There  were  no  revenues  for  this  category  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  and  our  corporate  operating 

expenses were $21,345.   

See  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  and  the  2016 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  Notes  thereto  contained  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  additional 
information on the expenses referred to above.  For information relating to total assets by segment, revenues for the last two 
years by segment, and contribution by segment for the last two years, see  Note 11 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements. 

History 

Ultralife was formed as a Delaware corporation in December 1990.  In March 1991, we acquired certain technology 
and  assets  from  Eastman  Kodak  Company  ("Kodak")  relating  to  its  9-volt  Lithium  Manganese  Dioxide  non-rechargeable 
battery.  In December 1992, we completed our initial public offering and became listed on NASDAQ.   

In  May  2006,  we  acquired  ABLE  New  Energy  Co.,  Ltd.  (“ABLE”),  an  established  manufacturer  of  Lithium 
batteries located in Shenzhen, China, which broadened our product offering, including a wide range of Lithium Thionyl 
Chloride and Lithium Manganese batteries, and provided additional exposure to new consumer markets.   

In  July  2006,  we  finalized  the  acquisition  of  substantially  all  the  assets  of  McDowell  Research,  Ltd. 
(“McDowell”), a manufacturer of military communications accessories located originally in Waco, Texas.  We relocated 
its operations to our Newark, New York facility during the second half of 2007, which enhanced our channels into the 
military communications area and strengthened our presence in global defense  markets.  In January 2012, we relocated 
these operations to our Virginia Beach, Virginia facility in order to gain operational efficiencies.   

In March 2008, we formed a joint venture, named Ultralife Batteries India Private Limited (“India JV”), with our 
distributor  partner  in  India.    The  India  JV  assembles  Ultralife  power  solution  products  and  manages  local  sales  and 
marketing activities, serving commercial, government and defense customers throughout India.  We have invested cash 
into the India JV, as consideration for our 51% ownership stake in the India JV.   

In March 2009, we acquired the tactical communications products business of Science Applications International 
Corporation.  The  tactical  communications  products  business  (“AMTI”)  designs,  develops  and  manufactures  tactical 
communications  products  including:  amplifiers,  man-portable  systems,  cables,  power  solutions  and  ancillary 
communications equipment, which are sold by Ultralife under the brand name  AMTI. The acquisition strengthened our 
communications  systems  business  and  provided  us  with  direct  entry  into  the  handheld  radio/amplifier  market, 
complementing Ultralife’s communications systems offerings.   

In  January  2016,  we  acquired  Accutronics  Limited  (“Accutronics”),  a  U.K.  corporation  based  in  Newcastle-
under-Lyme,  U.K.,  a  leading  independent  designer  and  manufacturer  of  smart  batteries  and  charger  systems  for  high-
performance,  feature-laden  portable  and  handheld  electronic  devices.    With  a  portfolio  encompassing  custom  battery 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
design,  development  and  manufacturing  for  OEM’s;  standard  smart  batteries,  chargers  and  accessories;  and  pre-
engineered  batteries  and  power  solutions  for  specific  applications,  Accutronics  primarily  serves  the  portable  medical 
device  market  throughout  Europe.  Medical  applications  include  digital  imaging,  ventilators,  anesthesia,  endoscopy, 
patient  monitoring,  cardio  pulmonary  care,  oxygen  concentration  and  aspiration.    We  acquired  Accutronics  to  advance 
our  strategy  of  commercial  revenue  diversification,  to  expand  our  geographical  penetration,  and  to  achieve  revenue 
growth  from  new  product  development.    We  expect  substantial  sales  synergies  between  Accutronics  and  our  existing 
commercial battery business as we cross-sell our existing products and acquired Accutronics’ products to our respective 
customer bases. 

Products, Services and Technology 

Battery & Energy Products  

A  non-rechargeable  battery  is  used  until  discharged  and  then  replaced.  The  principal  competing  non-
rechargeable  battery  technologies  are  Carbon  zinc,  alkaline  and  Lithium.  We  manufacture  a  range  of  non-rechargeable 
battery products based on Lithium Manganese Dioxide, Lithium Manganese Carbon Monofluoride hybrid, and  Lithium 
Thionyl Chloride technologies.  

 We believe that the chemistry of Lithium batteries provides significant advantages over currently available non-
rechargeable  battery  technologies,  which  include:  lighter  weight,  longer  operating  time,  longer  shelf  life,  and  a  wider 
operating temperature range. Our non-rechargeable batteries also have relatively flat voltage profiles, which provide stable 
power.    Conventional  non-rechargeable  batteries,  such  as  alkaline  batteries,  have  sloping  voltage  profiles  that  result  in 
decreasing  power  during  discharge.    While  the  prices  for  our  Lithium  batteries  are  generally  higher  than  commercially 
available alkaline batteries produced by others, we believe that the increased energy per unit of weight and volume of our 
batteries will allow longer operating time and less frequent battery replacements for our targeted applications.  As a result, 
we believe that our non-rechargeable batteries are priced competitively with other battery technologies on a price per unit of 
energy or volume basis.  

Our non-rechargeable products include the following product configurations: 

9-Volt Lithium Battery.  Our 9-volt Lithium battery delivers a unique combination of the highest available energy 
density  and  stable  voltage,  which  results  in  a  longer  operating  life  for  the  battery  and,  accordingly,  fewer  battery 
replacements. While our 9-volt battery price is generally higher than conventional 9-volt Carbon zinc and alkaline batteries, 
we believe the enhanced operating performance and decreased costs associated  with battery replacement  make our 9-volt 
battery more cost effective than conventional batteries on a cost per unit of energy or volume basis when used in a variety of 
applications. 

We market our 9-volt Lithium batteries to OEM, distributor and retail markets including industrial electronics, 
safety  and  security,  and  medical.  Typical  applications  include:  smoke  alarms,  wireless  alarm  systems,  bone  growth 
stimulators, telemetry devices, blood analyzers, ambulatory infusion pumps and parking meters.  A significant portion of 
the sales of our 9-volt battery is to major smoke alarm OEMs for use in their long-life smoke alarms. We also manufacture 
our  9-volt  Lithium  battery  under  private  labels  for  a  variety  of  companies.  Additionally,  we  sell  our  9-volt  battery  to  the 
broader consumer market through national and regional retail chains and Internet retailers.  

Our current 9-volt battery manufacturing capacity is adequate to meet forecasted customer demand over the next 

three years.   

Cylindrical  Batteries.    Featuring  high  energy,  wide  temperature  range,  long  shelf  life  and  operating  life,  our 
cylindrical  cells  and  batteries,  based  on  Lithium  Manganese  Dioxide,  Lithium  Manganese  Dioxide  Carbon  Monoflouride 
hybrid and Lithium Thionyl Chloride technologies, represent some of the most advanced Lithium power sources currently 
available.  We market a wide range of cylindrical non-rechargeable Lithium cells and batteries in various sizes under both 
the  Ultralife  HiRate  and  ABLE  brands.    These  include:  D,  C,  5/4  C,  1/2  AA,  2/3  A  and  other  sizes,  which  are  sold 
individually  as  well  as  packaged  into  multi-cell  battery  packs,  including  our  leading  BA-5390  military  battery,  an 
alternative to the competing Li-SO2 BA-5590 battery, and one of the most widely used battery types in the U.S. armed 
forces for portable applications. Our BA-5390 battery provides 50% to 100%  more energy (mission time) than the BA-
5590, and it is used in approximately 60 military applications. With the introduction of our Lithium Carbon Monofluoride 
hybrid chemistry, we now offer a D-cell that has 100% more energy than the competing Li-SO2 D-cell.  

We market our line of  Lithium cells and batteries to the  OEM  market for commercial, defense,  medical, asset 
tracking  and  search  and  rescue  applications,  among  others.    Significant  commercial  applications  include  pipeline 

6 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
inspection equipment, automatic re-closers and oceanographic devices.  Asset tracking applications include RFID (Radio 
Frequency  Identification)  systems.    Among  the  defense  uses  are  manpack  radios,  night  vision  goggles,  chemical  agent 
monitors  and  thermal  imaging  equipment.    Medical  applications  include:  AED’s  (Automated  External  Defibrillators), 
infusion pumps and telemetry systems.  Search and rescue applications include: ELT’s (Emergency Locator Transmitters) 
for aircraft and EPIRB’s (Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacons) for ships. 

Thin Cell Batteries.  We manufacture a range of thin Lithium Manganese Dioxide batteries under the Thin Cell® 
brand.  Thin  Cell batteries are flat, lightweight batteries  providing  a  unique  combination  of  high  energy,  long  shelf  life, 
wide  operating  temperature  range  and  very  low  profile.  We  are  currently  marketing  these  batteries  to  OEMs  for 
applications such as displays, wearable medical devices, toll passes, theft detection systems, and RFID devices. 

In contrast to non-rechargeable batteries, after a rechargeable battery is discharged, it can be recharged and reused 
many  times.    Generally,  discharge  and  recharge  cycles  can  be  repeated  hundreds  or  thousands  of  times  in  rechargeable 
batteries, but the achievable number of cycles (cycle life) varies among technologies and is an important competitive factor. 
All  rechargeable  batteries  experience  a  small,  but  measurable,  loss  in  energy  with  each  cycle.  The  industry  commonly 
reports cycle life in the number of cycles a battery can achieve until 80% of the battery's initial energy capacity remains. In 
the  rechargeable  battery  market,  the  principal  competing  technologies  are  Nickel  Cadmium,  Nickel  Metal  Hydride  and 
Lithium ion (including Lithium polymer) batteries.  Rechargeable batteries are used in many applications, such as military 
radios,  laptop  computers,  mobile  telephones,  portable  medical  devices,  wearable  devices  and  many  other  commercial, 
defense and consumer products.  

Three  important  performance  characteristics  of  a  rechargeable  battery  are  design  flexibility,  energy  density  and 
cycle life. Design flexibility refers to the ability of rechargeable batteries to be designed to fit a variety of shapes and sizes of 
battery  compartments.  Thin  profile  batteries  with  prismatic  geometry  provide  the  design  flexibility  to  fit  the  battery 
compartments of today's electronic devices. Energy density refers to the total amount of electrical energy stored in a battery 
divided by the battery’s weight and volume as measured in watt-hours per kilogram and watt-hours per liter, respectively.  
High energy density batteries generally are longer lasting power sources providing longer operating time and necessitating 
fewer  battery  recharges.  High  energy  density  and  long  achievable  cycle  life  are  important  characteristics  for  comparing 
rechargeable battery technologies.  Greater energy density will permit the use of batteries of a given weight or volume for a 
longer  time  period.      Accordingly,  greater  energy  density  will  enable  the  use  of  smaller  and  lighter  batteries  with  energy 
comparable to those currently marketed.  Lithium ion batteries, by the nature of their electrochemical properties, are capable 
of  providing  higher  energy  density  than  comparably  sized  batteries  that  utilize  other  chemistries  and,  therefore,  tend  to 
consume less volume and weight for a given energy content.  Long achievable cycle life, particularly in combination with 
high energy density, is suitable for applications requiring frequent battery recharges, such as cellular telephones and laptop 
computers, and allows the user to charge and recharge many times before noticing a difference in performance.  We believe 
that our lithium ion batteries generally have some of the highest energy density and longest cycle life available. 

Lithium Ion Cells and Batteries.  We market a variety of Lithium ion cells and rechargeable batteries comprising 
cells manufactured by qualified cell manufacturers.   These  products are  used in a  wide  variety of applications including 
communications, medical and other portable electronic devices. 

Battery Charging Systems and Accessories.  To provide our customers with complete power system solutions, we 
offer a  wide range of rugged military and  commercial battery charging systems  and accessories including smart chargers, 
multi-bay charging systems and a variety of cables. 

Multi-Kilowatt Module.   Our Multi-Kilowatt Module lithium ion battery system is a large format battery utilizable 
for energy  storage, battery back-up, and remote  power applications. This product is a  direct replacement of 2.5  kWh and 
greater  lead  acid  batteries  in  24V  or  48V  applications.  It  can  be  connected  in  multiples  to  obtain  higher-voltages  and  is 
capable of over 3,000 cycles while maintaining 80% of its capacity.   

Technology  Contracts.  Our  technology  contract  activities  involve  the  development  of  new  products  or  the 

enhancement of existing products through contracts with both government agencies and other private sector third parties. 

Communications Systems  

Under our McDowell Research and AMTI brands, we design and manufacture a line of communications systems 
and  accessories  to  support  military  communications  systems,  including  RF  amplifiers,  power  supplies,  power  cables, 
connector  assemblies,  amplified  speakers,  equipment  mounts,  case  equipment,  man-portable  systems  and  integrated 
communication systems for fixed or vehicle applications such as vehicle adapters and SATCOM systems. We package all 
systems to meet specific customer needs in rugged enclosures to allow their use in extreme environments.  

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  offer  a  wide  range  of  military  communications  systems  and  accessories  designed  to  enhance  and  extend  the 
operation of communications equipment such as vehicle-mounted, manpack and handheld transceivers. Our communications 
products include the following product configurations: 

RF Amplifiers. Our RF amplifiers include: 20, 50 and 75-watt amplifiers and 20-watt accessories and kits. These 
amplifiers are used to extend the range of manpack and handheld tactical transceivers and can be used on mobile or fixed site 
applications.  

Integrated  Systems.  Our  integrated  systems  include:  vehicle  mounted  systems;  SATCOM  systems;  rugged, 
deployable case systems; multiband transceiver kits; enroute communications cases; and radio cases. These systems give 
communications  operators  everything  that  is  needed  to  provide  reliable  links  to  support  C4ISR  (Command,  Control, 
Communications, Computers and Information, Surveillance and Reconnaissance).  

Power  Systems.  Our  power  systems  include:  universal  AC/DC  power  supplies  with  battery  backup  for  tactical 
manpack  and  handheld  transceivers;  ROVER™  power  supplies;  interoperable  power  adapters  and  chargers;  portable 
power systems; tactical combat and AC to DC power supplies, among many others. We can provide power supplies for 
virtually all tactical communications devices.  

Communications  and  Electronics.  Our  communications  and  electronics  services  include  the  design,  integration, 

and fielding of portable, mobile and fixed-site communications systems.  

Sales and Marketing 

We employ a staff of sales and marketing personnel in North America, Europe and Asia.  We sell our products and 
services directly to commercial customers, including OEM’s, as well as government and defense agencies in the U.S. and 
abroad  and  have  contractual  arrangements  with  sales  agents  who  market  our  products  on  a  commission  basis  in  defined 
territories.    Every  effort  is  made  to  adjust  future  prices  accordingly,  but  the  ability  to  adjust  prices  is  generally  based  on 
market conditions.   

We also distribute some of our products through domestic and international distributors and retailers. Our sales are 
generated primarily  from  customer purchase orders.  We  have  several  long-term contracts  with  the U.S.  government and 
other  customers.  These  contracts  do  not  commit  the  customers  to  specific  purchase  volumes,  nor  to  specific  timing  of 
purchase  order  releases,  and  they  include  fixed  price  agreements  over  various  periods  of  time.    In  general  we  do  not 
believe our sales are seasonal, although we may sometimes experience seasonality for some of our military products based 
on the timing of government fiscal budget expenditures. 

A  significant  portion  of  our  business  comes  from  sales  of  products  and  services  to  the  U.S.  and  foreign 
governments through various contracts.  These contracts are subject to procurement laws and regulations that specify policies 
and procedures for acquiring goods and services.  The regulations also contain guidelines for managing contracts after they 
are  awarded,  including  conditions  under  which  contracts  may  be  terminated,  in  whole  or  in  part,  at  the  government’s 
convenience  or  for  default.    Failure  to  comply  with  the  procurement  laws  or  regulations  can  result  in  civil,  criminal  or 
administrative proceedings involving fines, penalties, suspension of payments, or suspension or debarment from government 
contracting or subcontracting for a period of time. 

During the year ended December 31, 2016 we had two major customers, both large defense primary contractors, 
which  individually  comprised  13%  and  12%  of  our  revenues  in  2016  and  2%  and  23%  of  our  revenues,  respectively,  in 
2015.  There were no other customers that comprised greater than 10% of our total revenues during these years.   

In 2016, sales  to U.S. and non-U.S. customers  were approximately $45,094 and $37,366, respectively.   In 2015, 
sales to U.S. and non-U.S. customers were approximately $46,741 and $29,686, respectively. For more information relating 
to revenues by country for the last two fiscal years and long-lived assets for the last two fiscal years by country of origin, see 
Note 11 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Battery & Energy Products  

We  target  sales  of  our  non-rechargeable  products  to  manufacturers  of  security  and  safety  equipment,  medical 
devices, search and rescue equipment, specialty instruments, point of sale equipment and metering applications, as well as 
users  of  military  equipment.    Our  strategy  is  to  develop  sales  and  marketing  alliances  with  OEM’s  and  governmental 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
agencies that utilize our batteries in their products, commit to cooperative research and development or marketing programs, 
and recommend our products for design-in or replacement use in their products. We are addressing these markets through 
direct contact by our sales and technical personnel, use of sales agents and stocking distributors, manufacturing under private 
label, and promotional activities.  

We seek to capture a significant market share for our products within our targeted OEM markets, which we believe, 
if successful will result in increased product awareness and sales at the end-user or consumer level. We are also selling our 
9-volt  battery  to  the  consumer  market  through  retail  distribution  through  a  number  of  national  retailers.    Most  military 
procurements are done directly by the specific government organizations requiring products, based on a competitive bidding 
process.        Additionally,  we  are  typically  required  to  successfully  meet  contractual  specifications  and  to  pass  various 
qualifications  testing  for  the  products  under  contract  by  the  military.    An  inability  by  us  to  pass  these  tests  for  our  new 
products in a timely fashion could have a material adverse effect on future growth prospects.  When a government contract is 
awarded,  there  is  a  government  procedure  that  allows  for  unsuccessful  companies  to  formally  protest  the  award  if  they 
believe  they  were  unjustly  treated  in  the  government’s  bid  evaluation  process.    A  prolonged  delay  in  the  resolution  of  a 
protest, or a reversal of an award resulting from such a protest, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations.   

We market our products to defense organizations in the U.S. and other countries.  These efforts have resulted in 
our winning significant contracts.  In September 2010, we were awarded a production contract by the Defense Logistics 
Agency  for  up  to  five  years,  with  a  maximum  total  potential  of  $42,100,  to  provide  our  BA-5390  non-rechargeable 
Lithium  Manganese  Dioxide  batteries  to  the  U.S.  military.    Production  deliveries  began  in  the  first  quarter  of  2011.  
Through the completion of the contract in September 2015, we shipped BA-5390 batteries totaling $10,000.  Subsequent 
to  the  completion  of  the  contract,  we  continued  to  receive  orders  for  BA-5390  batteries  from  the  Defense  Logistics 
Agency that we shipped in 2015 and 2016, and that are included in our 2017 backlog.  A subsequent contract has not been 
awarded by the Defense Logistics Agency for BA -5390 batteries at this time. 

We  target  sales  of  our  Lithium  ion  rechargeable  batteries  and  charging  systems  to  OEM  customers,  as  well  as 
distributors and resellers focused on our target markets. We respond to RFPs to design products for OEMs, and believe that 
our design capabilities, product characteristics and solution integration will drive OEMs to incorporate our batteries into their 
product offerings, resulting in revenue growth opportunities for us. 

We continue to expand our marketing activities as part of our strategic plan to increase sales of our rechargeable 
products for commercial, standby, defense and communications applications, as well as hand-held devices, wearable devices 
and  other  electronic  portable  equipment.    A  key  part  of  this  expansion  includes  increasing  our  design  and  assembly 
capabilities as well as building our network of distributors and value added distributors throughout the world. 

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, our backlog related to Battery & Energy Products was approximately $23,100 and 
$18,500, respectively.  The increase in our backlog related to Battery & Energy Products is primarily due to our acquisition 
of Accutronics, and higher demand for batteries from a large U.S.-based global defense contractor, government and defense 
suppliers and a global medical products OEM.  The 2016 backlog is related to orders that are expected to ship throughout 
2017.   

Communications Systems  

We  target  sales  of  our  communications  systems,  which  include  power  solutions  and  accessories  to  support 
communications systems such as RF amplifiers, power supplies, power cables, connector assemblies, amplified speakers, 
equipment mounts, case equipment and integrated communication systems, to military OEMs and U.S. and allied foreign 
militaries. We  sell our products directly  and through  authorized distributors  to OEMs and to defense  organizations  in the 
U.S. and internationally.  We market our products to defense organizations and OEMs in the U.S. and internationally.   

At  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  our  backlog  related  to  Communications  Systems  orders  was  approximately 
$3,000 and $8,400, respectively.  The 2016 backlog related to Communications Systems reflects orders from a large U.S.-
based global defense contractor.  The 2015 backlog represents the award of an $8,200 order through an OEM for the U.S. 
Army for our McDowell Research Corporation (“MRC”) product – Vehicle Installed Power Enhanced Rifleman Appliqué 
(“VIPER”), as well as integrated systems supporting OEM’s.   The 2015 backlog was shipped in 2016, and the 2016 backlog 
is expected to ship in 2017. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Patents, Trade Secrets and Trademarks 

We rely on licenses of technology as well as our patented and unpatented proprietary information, know-how and 
trade secrets to maintain and develop our competitive position.  Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary information, 
there can be no assurance that others will neither develop the same or similar information independently nor obtain access to 
our proprietary information, know how and trade secrets.  In addition, there can be no assurance that we would prevail if we 
asserted  our  intellectual  property  rights  against  third  parties,  or  that  third  parties  will  not  successfully  assert  infringement 
claims against us in the future.  We believe, however, that our success depends more on the knowledge, ability, experience 
and technological expertise of our employees, than on the legal protection that our patents and other proprietary rights may 
or will afford.  

We hold ten patents issued in the U.S., two patents issued in Mexico and one patent issued in the European Union, 
and have three patents pending in the U.S, and Europe.  We believe our patents protect technology that makes automated 
production more cost-effective and protects important competitive features of our products. However, we do not consider our 
business to be dependent on patent protection.   

As part of our employment commencement process, our employees are required to enter into agreements providing 
for confidentiality of certain information and the assignment of rights to inventions made by them while employed by us. 
These agreements also contain certain noncompetition and non-solicitation provisions effective during the employment term 
and  for  varying periods  thereafter depending on position and location. There can be  no assurance that  we  will be able  to 
enforce these agreements.  All of our employees agree to abide by the terms of a Code of Ethics policy that provides for the 
confidentiality of certain information received during the course of their employment.  Nevertheless, the enforceability of 
such  agreements  is  subject  to  public  policy  limitations  that  vary  from  state  to  state  so  we  cannot  assure  that  they  will  be 
enforceable in accordance with their terms, if at all. 

Trademarks are an important aspect of our business. We sell our products under a number of trademarks, which 
we own or use under license.  The following are registered trademarks of ours: Ultralife(cid:163), Ultralife Thin Cell(cid:163), Ultralife 
HiRate(cid:163),  LithiumPower(cid:147),  LithiumPower  &  Design(cid:147),  SmartCircuit(cid:147),  We  Are  Power(cid:147),  AMTI(cid:147),  ABLE(cid:149), 
ACCUTRONICS®, ACCUPRO®, ENTELLION®, Intelligent Power Vault®, McDowell Research® and RPS(cid:147).   

Manufacturing and Raw Materials 

We  manufacture  our  products  from  raw  materials  and  component  parts  that  we  purchase.  Our  manufacturing 
facilities in Newark, New  York are ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001, and ISO 13485 certified. Our  manufacturing  facilities in 
Shenzhen,  China are ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001and ISO 13485  certified. Our  manufacturing facilities in Virginia Beach, 
Virginia  are  ISO  9001:2008  certified.  Our  manufacturing  facilities  in  the  United  Kingdom  are  ISO  9001  and  ISO  13485 
certified. 

We expect our future raw material purchases to fluctuate based on our knowledge regarding the timing of customer 

orders, the related need to build inventory in anticipation of orders and actual shipment dates. 

Battery & Energy Products  

Our  Newark,  New  York  and  Shenzhen,  China  facilities  have  the  capacity  to  produce  cylindrical  cells,  9-volt 
batteries, and thin cells. Capacity, however, is also affected by demand for particular products, and product mix changes can 
produce  bottlenecks  in  an  individual  operation,  constraining  overall  capacity.    We  have  acquired  new  machinery  and 
equipment in areas where production bottlenecks have resulted in the past and we believe that we have sufficient capacity in 
these areas.   We continually  evaluate our requirements for  additional capital equipment, and  we believe that the planned 
increases will be adequate to meet foreseeable customer demand.   

Certain  materials  used  in  our  products  are  available  only  from  a  single  source  or  a  limited  number  of  sources. 
Additionally,  we  may  elect  to  develop  relationships  with  a  single  or  limited  number  of  sources  for  materials  that  are 
otherwise  generally  available.    Although  we  believe  that  alternative  sources  are  available  to  supply  materials  that  could 
replace  materials  we  use  and  that,  if  necessary,  we  would  be  able  to  redesign  our  products  to  make  use  of  an  alternative 
material,  any  interruption  in  our  supply  from  any  supplier  that  serves  currently  as  our  sole  source  could  delay  product 
shipments  and  adversely  affect  our  financial  performance  and  relationships  with  our  customers.  Although  we  have 
experienced interruptions of product deliveries by sole source suppliers, which have not had a material adverse effect on us, 
we cannot assure that they would not have an adverse effect on us in the future.  All other raw materials utilized by us are 
readily available from many sources. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe that the raw materials and components utilized for our rechargeable batteries are readily available from 
many  sources.    Although  we  believe  that  alternative  sources  are  available  to  supply  materials  and  components  that  could 
replace materials or components we use, any interruption in our supply from any supplier that serves currently as our sole 
source could delay product shipments and adversely affect our financial performance and relationships with our customers.    

Our Newark, New York facility has the capacity to produce significant volumes of rechargeable batteries, as this 
operation  generally assembles battery packs and chargers and is limited only by physical space and is  not constrained  by 
manufacturing equipment capacity which can accommodate significant additional volumes of product.  Similarly, our China 
and  United  Kingdom  facilities  also  have  capacity  to  produce  significant  quantities  beyond  current  volumes  and  are  not 
constrained by manufacturing equipment capacity.   

The total carrying value of our Battery & Energy Products inventory, including raw materials, work in process and 
finished  goods,  amounted  to  approximately  $13,639  and  $12,534  as  of  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  respectively.    The 
year-over-year increase reflects the acquisition of Accutronics in January 2016. 

Communications Systems   

In general, we believe that the raw materials and components utilized by us for our communications accessories and 
systems, including  RF amplifiers, power supplies, cables, repeaters and integration  kits, are available  from  many sources.  
Although we believe that alternative sources are available to supply materials and components that could replace materials or 
components  we use, any interruption in our supply from any supplier that serves currently as our sole source could delay 
product shipments and adversely affect our financial performance and relationships with our customers.    

Our  Virginia  Beach,  Virginia  facility  has  the  capacity  to  produce  communications  products  and  systems.    This 
operation  generally  assembles  products  and  is  limited  only  by  physical  space  and  is  not  constrained  by  manufacturing 
equipment capacity. 

The total carrying value of our Communications Systems inventory, including raw materials, work in process and 
finished goods, amounted to approximately $9,817 and $11,280 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The year-
over-year decrease resulted from the fulfillment of the large VIPER award and improved inventory management in 2016. 

Research and Development 

We  concentrate  significant  resources  on  research  and  development  activities  to  improve  our  technological 
capabilities and to design new products for customers’ applications. We conduct our research and development in Newark, 
New York; Virginia Beach, Virginia; Tallahassee, Florida; Newcastle-under-Lyme, United Kingdom and Shenzhen, China.  
During  2016  and  2015,  we  expended  $6,155  and  $6,112,  respectively,  on  research  and  development,  including  $209  and 
$509, respectively, on customer sponsored research and  development activities,  which are  included in cost of  goods sold.  
We  expect  that  research  and  development  expenditures  in  the  future  will  be  fairly  consistent  with  those  in  2016,  as  we 
anticipate that new product development initiatives will drive our growth.  As in the past, we will continue to make funding 
decisions for our research and development efforts based upon strategic demand for customer applications. 

Battery & Energy Products  

We  continue  to  internally  develop  non-rechargeable  cells  and  batteries  with  the  goal  of  broadening  our  product 

offering to our customers.   

We  continue  to  internally  develop  our  rechargeable  product  portfolio,  including  batteries,  battery  management 
systems, cables and charging systems, as our customers’ needs for portable power continue to grow and new technologies 
become available. 

The  U.S.  government  sponsors  research  and  development  programs  designed  to  improve  the  performance  and 

safety of existing battery systems and to develop new battery systems.  

Communications Systems  

We  continue  to  internally  develop  a  variety  of  communications  accessories  and  systems  for  the  global  defense 

market to meet the ever-changing demands of our customers. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Safety; Regulatory Matters; Environmental Considerations  

Certain of the materials utilized in our batteries may pose safety problems if improperly used, stored, or handled. 

We have designed our batteries to minimize safety hazards both in manufacturing and use.  

The  transportation  of  non-rechargeable  and  rechargeable  Lithium  batteries  is  regulated  in  the  U.S.  by  the 
Department of Transportation’s Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (“PHMSA”), and internationally by 
the  International  Civil  Aviation  Organization  (“ICAO”)  and  corresponding  International  Air  Transport  Association 
(“IATA”)  Dangerous  Goods  Regulations  and  the  International  Maritime  Dangerous  Goods  Code  (“IMDG”),  and  other 
country  specific  regulations.    These  regulations  are  based  on  the  United  Nations  Recommendations  on  the  Transport  of 
Dangerous Goods Model Regulations and the United Nations Manual of Tests and Criteria.  We currently ship our products 
pursuant to PHMSA, ICAO, IATA, IMDG and other country specific hazardous goods regulations.  The regulations require 
companies to meet certain testing, packaging, labeling, marking and shipping paper specifications for safety reasons.   We 
have not incurred, and do not expect to incur, any significant costs in order to comply with these regulations.  We believe 
we comply with all current U.S. and international regulations for the shipment of our products, and we intend and expect to 
comply with any new regulations that are imposed.  We have established our own testing facilities to ensure that we comply 
with these regulations.  However, if we are unable to comply with any such new regulations, or if regulations are introduced 
that limit our or our customers’ ability to transport our products in a cost-effective manner, this could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.   

The  European  Union’s  Restriction  of  Hazardous  Substances  Directive  (“the  EU  RoHS  Directive”)  places 
restrictions on the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. All applicable products sold 
in the European Union market must pass RoHS compliance. While this directive does not apply to batteries and does not 
currently affect our defense products, should any changes occur in the directive that would affect our products, we intend 
and expect to comply with any new regulations that are imposed. However, we cannot assure that the cost of complying with 
such  new  regulations  would  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  us.    Our  commercial  chargers  are  substantially  in 
compliance with the EU RoHS Directive.   

The European Union’s Battery Directive "on batteries and accumulators and waste batteries and accumulators" 
(the “EU Battery Directive”) is intended to cover all types of batteries regardless of their shape, volume, weight, material 
composition or use.  It is aimed at reducing mercury, cadmium, lead and other metals in the environment by minimizing 
the use of these substances in batteries and by treating and re-using old batteries. The EU Battery Directive applies to all 
types of batteries except those used to protect European Member States' security, for military purposes, or sent into space.  
To  achieve  these  objectives,  the  EU  Battery  Directive  prohibits  the  marketing  of  some  batteries  containing  hazardous 
substances.  It establishes schemes aimed at high level of collection and recycling of batteries with quantified collection 
and recycling targets.  The EU Battery Directive sets out minimum rules for producer responsibility and provisions with 
regard  to  labeling  of  batteries  and  their  removability  from  equipment.    The  EU  Battery  Directive  requires  product 
markings for batteries and accumulators to provide information on capacity and to facilitate reuse and safe disposal.   We 
currently ship our products pursuant to the requirements of the EU Battery Directive.  

This  EU  Battery  Directive  requires  that  producers  or  importers  of  particular  classes  of  electrical  goods  are 
financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products. This 
directive assigns levels of responsibility to companies doing business in European Union markets based on their relative 
market share. This directive calls on each European Union member state to enact enabling legislation to implement the 
directive.  As  additional  European  Union  member  states  pass  enabling  legislation  our  compliance  system  should  be 
sufficient  to  meet  such  requirements.  Our  current  estimated  costs  associated  with  our  compliance  with  these  directives 
based on our current market share are not significant. However, we continue to evaluate the impact of these directives as 
European Union member states implement guidance, and actual costs could differ from our current estimates. 

China’s  “Management  Methods  for  Restricted  Use  of  Hazardous  Substances  in  Electrical  and  Electronic 
Products” (“China RoHS 2”) provides a regulatory framework including hazardous substance restrictions similar to those 
imposed by the EU  RoHS Directive.  China  RoHS 2 applies to  methods for the  control and reduction of pollution and 
other  public  hazards  to  the  environment  caused  during  the  production,  sale,  and  import  of  electrical  and  electronic 
products (“EEP”) in China.  The regulatory framework of China RoHS 2,  also now references the updated marking and 
labeling requirements under Standard SJ/T 11364-2014 (“Marking Standard”).  The methods under China RoHS 2 only 
apply  to  EEP  placed  in  the  marketplace  in  China.    We  believe  our  compliance  system  is  sufficient  to  meet  our 
requirements under China RoHS 2.  Our current estimated costs associated with our compliance with this regulation based 
on  our  current  market  share  are  not  significant.    However,  we  continue  to  evaluate  the  impact  of  this  regulation,  and 
actual costs could differ from our current estimates. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
National, state and local laws impose various environmental controls on the manufacture, transportation, storage, 
use  and  disposal  of  batteries  and  of  certain  chemicals  used  in  the  manufacture  of  batteries.  Although  we  believe  that  our 
operations are in material compliance with current environmental regulations, there can be no assurance that changes in such 
laws and regulations will not impose costly compliance requirements on us or otherwise subject us to future liabilities, costs 
and expenses. There can be no assurance that additional or modified regulations relating to the manufacture, transportation, 
storage,  use  and  disposal  of  materials  used  to  manufacture  our  batteries  or  restricting  disposal  of  batteries  will  not  be 
imposed or that such regulations will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.    In  2016  and  2015,  we  spent  approximately  $117  and  $155,  respectively,  on  environmental  compliance, 
including costs to properly dispose of potentially hazardous waste.  

Since non-rechargeable and rechargeable Lithium battery chemistries react adversely with water and water vapor, 
certain  of  our  manufacturing  processes  must  be  performed  in  a  controlled  environment  with  low  relative  humidity.    Our 
Newark, New York and Shenzhen, China  facilities contain  dry rooms or glove box equipment, as  well as specialized air-
drying equipment.  

In  addition  to  the  environmental  regulations  previously  described,  our  products  are  subject  to  U.S.  and 
international laws and regulations governing international trade and exports including but not limited to the International 
Traffic  in  Arms  Regulations  (“ITAR”),  the  Export  Administration  Regulations  (“EAR”)  and  trade  sanctions  against 
embargoed countries.   

The ITAR is a set of United States government regulations that control the export and import of defense-related 
articles and services on the United States Munitions List. These regulations implement the provisions of the Arms Export 
Control Act, and are described in the Code of Federal Regulations. The Department of State Directorate of Defense Trade 
Controls    interprets  and  enforces  ITAR.  Its  goal  is  to  safeguard  U.S.  national  security  and  further  U.S.  foreign  policy 
objectives.  

The  related  EAR  are  enforced  and  interpreted  by  the  Bureau  of  Industry  and  Security  in  the  Commerce 
Department. The Department of Defense is also involved in the review and approval process.  Inspections in support of 
import  and  export  laws  are  performed  at  border  crossings  by  Customs  and  Border  Protection,  an  agency  of  the 
Department of Homeland Security. 

Products and services developed and manufactured in our foreign locations are subject to the export and import 

controls of the nation in which the foreign location operates.    

We believe  we are in  material compliance  with these domestic and international export regulations. However, 
failure  of  compliance  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business  through  possible  fines,  denial  of  export 
privileges, or loss of customers. Further, while we are not aware of any proposed changes to these regulations, any change 
in the scope or enforcement of export or import regulations or related legislation could have a material adverse  effect on 
our business through increased costs of compliance or reduction in the international growth prospects available to us.   

Our future estimated costs associated with our compliance with ITAR, EAR, and the foreign export and import 
controls we are subject to based on our current sales volumes  are not significant. However, we continue to evaluate the 
impact of these regulations, and actual costs could differ from our current estimates. 

Battery & Energy Products  

Our non-rechargeable battery products incorporate Lithium metal, which reacts with water and may cause fires if 
not  handled  properly.    In  the  past,  we  have  experienced  fires  that  have  temporarily  interrupted  certain  manufacturing 
operations.    We  believe  that  we  have  adequate  fire  suppression  systems  and  insurance,  including  business  interruption 
insurance, to protect against the occurrence of fires and fire losses in our facilities.  

Our  9-volt  battery,  among  other  sizes,  is  designed  to  conform  to  the  dimensional  and  electrical  standards  of  the 
American National Standards Institute.  Authorized certification bodies such as Underwriters Laboratories, Intertek and SGS 
recognize several of our products.  

Communications Systems  

We are not currently aware of any regulatory requirements regarding the disposal of communications products. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate 

The  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  of  2010  Section  1502  (the  “Dodd-Frank 
Act”)  requires  public  companies  to  disclose  whether  tantalum,  tin,  gold  and  tungsten,  commonly  known  as  “conflict 
minerals,” are necessary to the functionality or production of a product manufactured by a public company and if those 
elements originated from armed groups in the Democratic Republic of Congo or adjoining countries.  To comply with the 
Dodd-Frank  Act,  as  implemented  by  SEC  rules,  we  are  required  to  perform  due  diligence  inquiries  of  our  suppliers  to 
determine whether or not our products contain such minerals and from which countries and source (smelter) the minerals 
were obtained.  Our annual report on Form SD was filed by the statutory due date of June 1, 2016 for the 2015 calendar 
year and we continue to implement appropriate measures with our suppliers in order to better ascertain the origin of the 
conflict minerals in our products. 

Competition 

Competition in both the battery and communications systems markets is, and is expected to remain, intense. The 
competition ranges from development stage companies to major domestic and international companies, many of which have 
financial,  technical,  marketing,  sales,  manufacturing,  distribution  and  other  resources  significantly  greater  than  ours.  We 
compete against companies producing batteries as well as companies producing communications systems. We compete on 
the  basis  of  design  flexibility,  performance,  price,  reliability  and  customer  support.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our 
technologies  and  products  will  not  be  rendered  obsolete  by  developments  in  competing  technologies  or  services  that  are 
currently  under  development  or  that  may  be  developed  in  the  future  or  that  our  competitors  will  not  market  competing 
products and services that obtain market acceptance more rapidly than ours.  

Historically, although other entities may attempt to take advantage of the growth of the battery market, the Lithium 
battery cell industry has certain technological and economic barriers to entry.  The development of technology, equipment 
and manufacturing techniques and the operation of a facility for the automated production of Lithium battery cells require 
large capital expenditures, which may deter new entrants from commencing production.  Through our experience in battery 
cell manufacturing, we have also developed significant expertise in the non-rechargeable battery market, which we believe 
would be difficult to reproduce without substantial time and expense. 

Employees  

As of December 31, 2016, we employed a total of 552 permanent and temporary employees:  35 in research and 
development, 447 in production and 70 in sales and administration.  None of our employees are represented by a labor union. 

ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS   

Our  business  faces  many  risks.    As  such,  prospective  investors  and  shareholders  should  carefully  consider  and 
evaluate all of the risk factors described below as well as other factors discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in 
our other filings with the SEC.  Any of these factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.  Additional risks and uncertainties that are not currently known to us or that are not currently believed by us to be 
material may also harm our business operations and financial results.  These risk factors may change from time to time and 
may be amended, supplemented, or superseded by updates to the risk factors contained in periodic reports on Form 10-Q and 
Form 10-K that we file with the SEC in the future. 

A significant portion of our revenues is derived from certain key customers. 

  During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had two major customers, both large defense primary 
contractors, which together comprised 25% of our revenues in each year. Last year, one of those customers comprised 23% 
of our sales.  There were no other customers that comprised greater than 10% of our total revenues during these years.  While 
we consider our relationship with this prime contractor to be good, the reduction, delay or cancellation of orders from this 
customer or this customer’s insolvency / inability to pay, for any reason, would reduce our revenue and operating income 
and could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition in other ways.   

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may incur significant costs because of the warranties we supply with our products and services. 

With  respect  to  our  battery  products,  we  typically  offer  warranties  against  any  defects  in  manufacture  or 
workmanship for a period up to one year from the date of purchase.  With respect to our communications systems products, 
we now offer up to a three-year warranty.  We provide for a reserve for these potential warranty expenses, which is based on 
an  analysis  of  historical  warranty  issues.    There  is  no  assurance  that  future  warranty  claims  will  be  consistent  with  past 
history, and in the event we experience a significant increase in warranty claims, there is no assurance that our reserves will 
be sufficient.  This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

Our efforts to develop new products or new commercial applications for our products could be prolonged or could fail. 

Although we develop certain products for new commercial applications, we cannot assure that our products will be 
accepted due to the highly competitive nature of the industry.  There are many new product and technology entrants into the 
marketplace,  and  we  must  continually  reassess  the  market  segments  in  which  our  products  can  be  successful  and  seek  to 
engage customers in those segments that will adopt our products for use in their products.  In addition, these companies must 
be successful with their products in their markets for us to gain increased business.  Increased competition, failure to gain 
customer acceptance of products, the introduction of competitive technologies or failure of our customers in their markets 
could have a further adverse effect on our business and reduce our revenue and operating income.  

A  decline  in  demand  for  products  using  our  batteries  or  communications  systems  could  reduce  demand  for  our  products 
and/or our products could become obsolete.  

A  substantial  portion  of  our  business  depends  on  the  continued  demand  for  products  using  our  batteries  and 
communications  systems  sold  by  our  customers,  including  original  equipment  manufacturers.    Our  success  depends 
significantly upon the success of those customers’ products in the marketplace.  We are subject to many risks beyond our 
control that influence the success or failure of a particular product or service offered by a customer, including:  

competition faced by the customer in its particular industry,  

(cid:120) 
(cid:120)  market acceptance of the customer’s product or service,  
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 

the engineering, sales, marketing and management capabilities of the customer,  
technical challenges unrelated to our technology or products faced by the customer in developing its products 
or services, and  
the financial and other resources of the customer. 

(cid:120) 

The  market  for  our  products  is  characterized  by  changing  technology  and  evolving  industry  standards,  often 
resulting in product obsolescence or short product lifecycles.  Although we believe that our products utilize state-of-the-art 
technology,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  competitors  will  not  develop  technologies  or  products  that  would  render  our 
technologies and products obsolete or less marketable. Many of the companies with which we compete have substantially 
greater resources than we do, and some have the capacity and volume of business to be able to produce their products more 
efficiently  than  we  can.    In  addition,  these  companies  are  developing  or  have  developed  products  using  a  variety  of 
technologies that are expected to compete with our technologies.  If these companies successfully market their products in a 
manner that renders our technologies obsolete, this would reduce our revenue and operating income and could have other 
material adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our operations in China are subject to unique risks and uncertainties.   

Our  operating  facility  in  China  presents  risks  including,  but  not  limited  to,  changes  in  local  regulatory 
requirements,  changes  in  labor  laws,  local  wage  laws,  environmental  regulations,  taxes  and  operating  licenses, 
compliance with U.S. regulatory requirements, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, uncertainties as to application 
and  interpretation  of  local  laws  and  enforcement  of  contract  and  intellectual  property  rights,  currency  restrictions, 
currency  exchange  controls,  fluctuations  of  currency,  and  currency  revaluations,  eminent  domain  claims,  civil  unrest, 
power  outages,  water  shortages,  labor  shortages,  labor  disputes,  increase  in  labor  costs,  rapid  changes  in  government, 
economic  and  political  policies,  political  or  civil  unrest,  acts  of  terrorism,  or  the  threat  of  boycotts,  and  other  civil 
disturbances  that  are  outside  of  our  control.    Any  such  disruptions  could  depress  our  earnings  and  have  other  material 
adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations.   

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 For  example,  during  2014  the  landlord  for  our  China  facility  informed  us  that  the  local  village  government  in 
Shenzhen  was  exercising  its  right  of  eminent  domain  and  that  the  lease  for  our  facility  would  not  be  extended  past  its 
expiration in October 2014 due to zoning changes.  Accordingly, we developed and executed a plan which we completed 
in 2015.  Under the plan we found a replacement facility, entered into a five-year lease, negotiated compensation from the 
local government for our forfeited leasehold improvements and moving expenses, refurbished the replacement facility to 
meet our operational needs and relocated all of our operations and employees to the new facility.    While this situation 
was  handled  on  time,  on  plan  and  with  no  known  disruption  to  our  business,  there  can  be  no  assurances  that  other 
situations posing such risks to the business will be successfully remediated to the same extent. 

Reductions  or  delays  in  U.S.  and  foreign  military  spending  could  continue  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business, financial condition and results of operations.   

A  significant  portion  of  our  revenues  is  derived  from  contracts  with  the  U.S.  and  foreign  militaries  or  OEMs  that 
supply the U.S. and foreign militaries. In the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, approximately $41,600 or 50% and 
$42,700 or 56%, respectively, of our revenues were comprised of sales made directly or indirectly to the U.S. and foreign 
militaries. 

While significant gains have been made in commercial markets with our Battery & Energy Products business, we 
are still highly dependent on sales to U.S. Government customers. The amounts and percentages of our net revenue that 
was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including the Department of Defense, whether directly or through 
prime contractors, was approximately $33,600 or 41% in 2016 and $36,700 or 48% in 2015. Therefore, any significant 
disruption  or  deterioration  of  our  relationship  with  the  U.S. Government  or  any  prime  defense  contractor  could  still 
significantly reduce our revenue.  Our competitors continuously engage in efforts to expand their business relationships 
with the U.S. Government and will continue these efforts in the future, and the U.S. Government may choose to use other 
contractors or suppliers. 

Budget  and  appropriations  decisions  made  by  the  U.S. Government,  including  possible  future  sequestration  periods  or 
other similar formulaic reductions in federal expenditures, are outside of our control and have long-term consequences for 
our business. A continued decline in U.S. military expenditures could result in a reduction in the military’s demand for our 
products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations 

. 

Any inability to comply with changes to the regulations for the shipment of our products could limit our ability to transport 
our products to customers in a cost-effective manner and reduce our operating income and margins.   

The transportation of Lithium batteries is regulated by the International Civil Aviation Organization (“ICAO”) and 
corresponding  International  Air  Transport  Association  (“IATA”)  Dangerous  Goods  Regulations  and  the  International 
Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (“IMDG”) and in the U.S. by the Department of Transportation’s Pipeline and Hazardous 
Materials Safety Administration (“PHMSA”).  These regulations are based on the United Nations Recommendations on the 
Transport of Dangerous Goods Model Regulations and the United Nations Manual of Tests and Criteria.  We currently ship 
our products pursuant to ICAO, IATA and PHMSA hazardous goods regulations.  These regulations require companies to 
meet certain testing, packaging, labeling and shipping specifications for safety reasons.  We have not incurred, and do not 
expect to incur, any significant costs in order to comply  with these regulations.   We believe we comply with all current 
U.S.  and  international  regulations  for  the  shipment  of  our  products,  and  we  intend  and  expect  to  comply  with  any  new 
regulations that are imposed.  We have established our own testing facilities to ensure that we comply with these regulations.  
If  we  are  unable  to  comply  with  the  new  regulations,  however,  or  if  regulations  are  introduced  that  limit  our  ability  to 
transport  our  products  to  customers  in  a  cost-effective  manner,  this  could  reduce  our  operating  income  and  margins,  and 
have other material adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations.   

Our quarterly and annual results and the price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly. 

Our  future  operating  results  may  vary  significantly  from  quarter-to-quarter  and  from  year-to-year  depending  on 
factors  such  as  the  timing  and  shipment  of  significant  orders,  new  product  introductions,  major  project  wins,  U.S.  and 
foreign government demand, delays in customer releases of purchase orders, delays in receiving raw materials from vendors, 
the  mix  of  distribution  channels  through  which  we  sell  our  products  and  services  and  general  economic  conditions.  
Frequently, a  substantial portion of our revenue in  each quarter is  generated  from orders  booked and  fulfilled during that 
quarter.    As  a  result,  revenue  levels  are  difficult  to  predict  for  each  quarter.    If  revenue  results  are  below  expectations, 
operating results will be adversely affected as we have a sizeable base of fixed overhead costs that do not fluctuate much 

16 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
with changes in revenue.  Due to such variances in operating results, we have sometimes failed to meet, and in the future 
may not meet, market expectations regarding our future operating results. 

In addition to the uncertainties of quarterly and annual operating results, future announcements concerning us or our 
competitors,  including  technological  innovations  or  commercial  products,  litigation  or  public  concerns  as  to  the  safety  or 
commercial value of one or more of our products may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially 
for reasons which may be unrelated to our operating results.   

Any impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, and  other intangible assets, could negatively impact 
our results of operations.  

Our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are subject to an impairment test on an annual basis and are 
also  tested  whenever  events  and  circumstances  indicate  that  goodwill  and/or  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  may  be 
impaired.  Any excess goodwill and/or indefinite-lived intangible assets value resulting from the impairment test must be 
written off in the period of determination.  Intangible assets (other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets) 
are generally amortized over the useful life of such assets.  In addition, from time to time, we  may acquire or make an 
investment  in  a  business  which  will  require  us  to  record  goodwill  based  on  the  purchase  price  and  the  value  of  the 
acquired  tangible  and  intangible  assets.    We  may  subsequently  experience  unforeseen  issues  with  such  business  which 
adversely affect the anticipated results of the business or value  of the  intangible assets and trigger an evaluation of the 
recoverability of the recorded goodwill and intangible assets for such business.  There is a possibility that our goodwill 
and other intangible assets, particularly in our Communications Systems business, could be  impaired should there be  a 
significant  change  in  our  internal  forecasts  and  other  assumptions  we  use  in  our  impairment  analysis.  Future 
determinations  of  significant  write-offs  of  goodwill  or  intangible  assets  as  a  result  of  an  impairment  test  or  any 
accelerated  amortization  of  other  intangible  assets  could  have  a  negative  impact,  although  not  affecting  cash,  on  our 
results of operations and financial condition. 

We have completed our annual impairment analysis for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, in accordance 
with  the  applicable  accounting  guidance,  and  have  concluded  that  we  do  not  have  any  impairment  of  goodwill  or 
intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2016.    Our impairment analysis was primarily focused on the goodwill 
and  intangible  assets  pertaining  to  our  Communications  Systems  business  with  particular  emphasis  on  our  McDowell 
Research Corporation trademark which  was partially impaired in 2015 and passed by a relatively narrow margin in 2016.  
For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded a non-cash impairment amounting to $150 of our McDowell Research 
Corporation trademark in our Communications Systems business.   The non-cash impairment charge was caused by time 
delays in the awarding by government and defense customers in recent years of certain large projects in our pipeline.   The 
aggregate  goodwill  and  net book  value of  intangible  assets  amounted  to $27,159 and $20,229 at December 31, 2016 and 
2015,  respectively.    The  year-over-year  increase  resulted  from  our  acquisition  of  Accutronics  in  January  2016,  which 
comprised $7,259 of the year-end balance (goodwill of $3,824 and intangible assets of $3,435).  For both years, our testing 
took  into  account  our  large  opportunity  pipeline  for  Communications  Systems  products  as  well  as  the  maturity  of  the 
opportunities, and assumed the future award and estimated timing of certain major projects based on our knowledge of the 
status  of  these  projects  and  the  probability  of  award  at  the  current  time.      Until  an  award  is  actually  consummated  and 
resulting  purchase  orders  are  issued,  there  are  no  guarantees  that  the  underlying  projects  will  contribute  to  revenues  and 
operating income to justify the level of goodwill and intangible assets on our balance sheet.  Accordingly, we will continue 
our practice of updating our analysis as warranted on an ongoing basis. 

Breaches in security and other disruptions, could diminish our ability to generate revenues or contain costs and 
negatively impact our business in other ways. 

We face certain security threats, including threats to our information technology infrastructure, attempts to gain 
access to our proprietary or classified information, and threats to physical and cyber security.  Our information technology 
networks  and  related  systems  are  critical  to  the  operation  of  our  business  and  essential  to  our  ability  to  successfully 
perform day-to-day operations.  The risks of a security breach, cyber attack, cyber intrusion, or disruption, particularly 
through  actions  taken  by  computer  hackers,  foreign  governments  and  cyber  terrorists,  have  increased  as  the  number, 
intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased.  Although we have 
acquired and developed systems and processes designed to protect our proprietary or classified information, they may not 
be sufficient and the failure to prevent these types of events could disrupt our operations, require significant management 
attention  and  resources,  and  could  negatively  impact  our  reputation  among  our  customers  and  the  public,  which  could 
have a negative impact on our financial condition, and weaken our results of operations and liquidity. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
We  are  subject  to  certain  safety  risks,  including  the  risk  of  fire,  inherent  in  the  manufacture,  use  and  transportation  of 
Lithium batteries. 

Due to the high energy inherent in Lithium batteries, our Lithium batteries can pose certain safety risks, including 
the  risk  of  fire.    We  incorporate  procedures  in  research,  development,  product  design,  manufacturing  processes  and  the 
transportation of  Lithium batteries that are intended to minimize safety risks, but  we cannot assure that accidents will not 
occur or that our products will not be subject to recall for safety concerns.  Although we currently carry insurance policies 
which  cover  loss  of  the  plant  and  machinery,  leasehold  improvements,  inventory  and  business  interruption,  any  accident, 
whether at the manufacturing facilities or from the use of the products, may result in significant production delays or claims 
for damages resulting from injuries or death.  While we maintain what we believe to be sufficient casualty liability coverage 
to protect against such occurrences, these types of losses could reduce our operating income and have other material adverse 
effects on our business, financial condition and results of operation. 

Negative publicity of Lithium ion batteries may negatively impact the industries or markets we operate in. 

We  are  unable  to  predict  the  impact,  severity  or  duration  of  negative  publicity  related  to  fire  /  mishandling  of 
Lithium  ion  batteries  or  the  environmental  impact  of  their  disposal,  and  how  it  may  impact  the  industries  or  markets  we 
serve.    Ongoing  negative  attention  being  given  to  Lithium  ion  batteries  that  are  used  in  certain  cellular  phones  or  are 
integrated into the power systems of new commercial aircraft and electric motor vehicles may have an impact on the Lithium 
ion battery industry as a whole, regardless of the design or usage of those batteries. The residual effects of such events could 
have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Our growth and expansion strategy could strain or overwhelm our resources.  

Rapid growth of our business could significantly strain management, operations and technical resources.  If we are 
successful in obtaining rapid market growth of our products, we will likely be required to deliver large volumes of quality 
products  to  customers  on  a  timely  basis  at  a  reasonable  cost.    For  example,  demand  for  our  new  or  existing  products 
combined with our ability to penetrate new markets and geographies or secure a major project award, could strain the current 
capacity of our  manufacturing facilities and require additional  capital  resources, equipment and time to  meet the required 
demand.  We cannot assure, however, that our business will grow rapidly or that our efforts to expand manufacturing and 
quality control activities will be successful or that we will be able to satisfy commercial scale production requirements on a 
timely and cost-effective basis.   

We also may be required to continue to improve our operations, management and financial systems and controls in 
order to remain competitive.  The failure to manage growth and expansion effectively could have an adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

The  loss  of  top  management  and  key  personnel  could  significantly  harm  our  business,  and  our  ability  to  put  in  place  a 
succession plan and recruit experienced, competent management is critical to the success of the business.   

The loss of top management and key personnel could significantly harm our business, and our ability to put in place 
a succession plan and recruit experienced, competent management is critical to the success of our business.  The continuity 
of  our  officers  and  executive  team  is  vital  to  the  successful  implementation  of  our  business  model  and  growth  strategy 
designed  to  deliver  sustainable,  consistent  profitability.   A  top  management  priority  has  been  the  development  and 
implementation of a formal written succession plan to mitigate the risks associated with the loss of senior executives. There 
is no guarantee that we will be successful in our efforts to effectively implement our succession plan. 

Because of the specialized, technical nature of our business, we are highly dependent on certain members of our 
management, sales, engineering and technical staffs.  The loss of these employees could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations.  Our ability to effectively pursue our business strategy will depend 
upon,  among  other  factors,  the  successful  retention  of  our  key  personnel,  recruitment  of  additional  highly  skilled  and 
experienced managerial, sales, engineering and technical personnel, and the integration of such personnel obtained through 
business acquisitions.  We cannot assure that we will be able to retain or recruit this type of personnel.  An inability to hire 
sufficient numbers of people or to find people with the desired skills could result in greater demands being placed on limited 
management resources  which  could delay or impede  the execution of our business plans  and  have other  material adverse 
effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our supply of raw materials and components could be disrupted.  

Certain  materials  and  components  used  in  our  products  are  available  only  from  a  single  or  a  limited  number  of 
suppliers.  As  such,  some  materials  and  components  could  become  in  short  supply  resulting  in  limited  availability  and/or 
increased  costs.  Additionally,  we  may  elect  to  develop  relationships  with  a  single  or  limited  number  of  suppliers  for 
materials and components that are otherwise generally available.  Due to our involvement with supplying defense products to 
the  U.S.  government,  we  could  receive  a  government  preference  to  continue  to  obtain  critical  supplies  to  meet  military 
production needs.  However, if the government did not provide us with a government preference in such circumstances, the 
difficulty  in  obtaining  supplies  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.  We  believe  that  alternative  suppliers  are  available  to  supply  materials  and  components  that  could  replace 
materials and components currently used and that, if necessary, we would be able to redesign our products to make use of 
such alternatives. However, any interruption in the supply from any supplier that serves as a sole source could delay product 
shipments  and  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.    We  have 
experienced interruptions of product deliveries by sole source suppliers in the past, and we cannot guarantee that we will not 
experience a material interruption of deliveries from sole source suppliers in the future.  Of particular note is the increased 
demand for Lithium-based cells from the electric vehicle manufacturers.  While this has resulted in increased supply of such 
cells, we continue to monitor our supply chain closely to ensure that any potential supply interruptions are minimized.  
Additionally,  we could  face increasing pricing pressure from our  suppliers dependent  upon volume due to rising costs by 
these suppliers that could be passed on to us in higher prices for our raw materials, which could increase our cost of business, 
lower our margins and have other materially adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations.   

We are subject to foreign currency fluctuations.  

We  maintain  manufacturing operations  in North  America, Europe and  China,  and  we  export products to various 
countries.  We purchase materials and sell our products in foreign currencies, and therefore currency fluctuations may impact 
our pricing of products sold and materials purchased.  While the percentage of our business with customers outside of the 
U.S.  slightly  declined  in  2015,  sales  to  such  customers  still  make  up  a  significant  percentage  of  our  total  revenues.    For 
example,  in  2016,  45%  our  sales  were  to  customers  outside  of  the  U.S.  as  compared  to  39%  in  2015.    The  recent 
strengthening of the U.S. Dollar relative to our customers’ currencies could make our products relatively more expensive to 
them,  and  may  adversely  affect  our  sales  levels  and    reduce  profitability.    In  addition,  our  United  Kingdom  and  China 
subsidiaries maintain their books in local currency and the translation of the subsidiary financial statements into U.S. dollars 
for our consolidated financial statements could have an adverse effect on our consolidated financial results due to changes in 
local currency value relative to the U.S. dollar.  Accordingly, currency fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations by increasing our expenses and reducing our income.  Finally, we 
maintain  certain  domestic  U.S.  cash  balances  denominated  in  foreign  currencies,  and  the  U.S.  dollar  equivalent  of  these 
balances fluctuates with changes in the foreign exchange rates between these currencies and the U.S. dollar. 

Our customers may not meet the volume expectations in our supply agreements. 

We sell most of our products and services through supply agreements and contracts.  While supply agreements and 
contracts  contain  volume-based  pricing  based  on  expected  volumes,  we  cannot  assure  that  adjustments  to  reflect  volume 
shortfalls  will  be  made  under  current  industry  practices  because  pricing  is  rarely  adjusted  retroactively  when  contract 
volumes  are  not  achieved.    Every  effort  is  made  to  adjust  future  prices  accordingly,  but  our  ability  to  adjust  prices  is 
generally based on market conditions and we may not be able to adjust prices in various circumstances. 

A finding that our proprietary and intellectual property  rights are not enforceable or invalid  could allow our competitors 
and others to produce competing products based on our proprietary and intellectual property or limit our ability to continue 
to manufacture and market our products. 

We  believe  our  success  depends  more  on  the  knowledge,  ability,  experience  and  technological  expertise  of  our 
employees  than  on  the  legal  protection  of  patents  and  other  proprietary  rights.    However,  we  claim  proprietary  rights  in 
various unpatented technologies, know-how, trade secrets and trademarks relating to products and manufacturing processes.  
We  cannot  guarantee  the  degree  of  protection  these  various  claims  may  or  will  afford,  or  that  competitors  will  not 
independently develop or patent technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology.  We protect our 
proprietary rights in our products and operations through contractual obligations, including nondisclosure agreements with 
certain employees, customers, consultants and strategic partners.  There can be no assurance as to the degree of protection 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
these contractual measures may or will afford.  We have had patents issued and have patent applications pending in the U.S. 
and elsewhere.  We cannot assure (1) that patents will be issued from any of these pending applications, or that the claims 
allowed under any issued patents will be sufficiently broad to protect our technology, (2) that any patents issued to us will 
not  be  challenged,  invalidated  or  circumvented,  or  (3)  as  to  the  degree  or  adequacy  of  protection  any  patents  or  patent 
applications may or will afford.  Further, if we are found to be infringing third party patents, we cannot assure that we will 
not be subjected to significant damages or will be able to obtain licenses with respect to such patents on acceptable terms, if 
at all.  The failure to obtain necessary licenses could delay product shipments or the introduction of new products, and costly 
attempts to design around such patents could foreclose the development, manufacture or sale of products. 

We are subject to the contract rules and procedures of the U.S. and foreign governments.  These rules and procedures create 
significant risks and uncertainties for us that are not usually present in contracts with private parties. 

We continue to develop battery products and communications systems to meet the needs of the U.S. and foreign 
governments.  We compete in solicitations for awards of contracts.  The receipt of an award, however, does not always result 
in  the  immediate  release  of  an  order  and  does  not  guarantee  in  any  way  any  given  volume  of  orders.    Any  delay  of 
solicitations  or  anticipated  purchase  orders  by,  or  future  failure  of,  the  U.S.  or  foreign  governments  to  purchase  products 
manufactured by us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.   In 
these  scenarios  we  are  also  typically  required  to  successfully  meet  contractual  specifications  and  to  pass  various 
qualification-testing for the products under contract.  Our inability to pass these tests in a timely fashion, as  well as  meet 
delivery  schedules  for  orders  released  under  contract,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations.   

Additionally,  when  a  U.S.  government  contract  is  awarded,  there  is  a  government  procedure  that  permits 
unsuccessful companies to formally protest such award if they believe they were unjustly treated in the evaluation process.  
As  a  result  of  these  protests,  the  government  is  precluded  from  proceeding  under  these  contracts  until  the  protests  are 
resolved.  A prolonged delay in the resolution of a protest, or a reversal of an award resulting from such a protest could have 
material adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

We could be adversely affected by violations of the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act or 
other anti-corruption laws.  

The  FCPA,  U.K.  Bribery  Act  and  other  anti-corruption  laws  generally  prohibit  companies  and  their 
intermediaries  from  making  improper  payments  (to  foreign  officials  and  otherwise)  and  require  companies  to  keep 
accurate  books  and  records  and  maintain  appropriate  internal  controls.  Our  training  program  and  policies  mandate 
compliance  with  such  laws.  We  operate  in  some  parts  of  the  world  that  have  experienced  governmental  corruption  to 
some degree, and, in certain circumstances, strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and 
practices.  If  we  are  found  to  be  liable  for  violations  of  anti-corruption  laws  (either  due  to  our  own  acts  or  our 
inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others, including employees of our third party partners or agents), we 
could suffer from civil and criminal penalties or other sanctions, incur significant internal investigation costs and suffer 
reputational harm.  

Our ability to use our net operating loss carry-forwards in the future may be limited, which could increase our tax liabilities 
and reduce our net income.  

At December 31, 2016, we had approximately $72 million of U.S. and $13 million of U.K. net operating loss carry-
forwards  (“NOLs”)  and  $2  million  of  U.S.  tax  credit  carry-forwards  available  to  offset  future  taxable  income.    We 
continually assess the carrying value of this asset based on the relevant accounting standards.  As of December 31, 2016, we 
reflected a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax asset to the extent we are not able to be offset the asset by future 
reversing  temporary  differences.    As  we  continue  to  assess  the  realizability  of  our  deferred  tax  assets,  the  amount  of  the 
valuation  allowance  could  be  reduced.    In  addition,  certain  of  our  NOL  carryforwards  are  subject  to  U.S.  alternative 
minimum tax such that carryforwards can offset only 90% of alternative minimum taxable income.  Achieving our business 
plan targets, particularly those relating to revenue and profitability, is integral to our assessment regarding the recoverability 
of our net deferred tax asset.     

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compliance with government regulations regarding the use of "conflict minerals" may result in increased costs and risks 
to the company.  

As part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the "Act"), the SEC has 
promulgated  disclosure  requirements  regarding  the  use  of  certain  minerals,  which  are  mined  from  the  Democratic 
Republic of Congo and adjoining countries, known as conflict minerals. The disclosure rules were effective in May 2014. 
We are required to perform due diligence inquiries of our supply chain and publicly disclose whether we manufacture (as 
defined in the Act) any products that contain conflict minerals and could incur significant costs related to implementing a 
process  that  will  meet  the  mandates  of  the  Act.  Additionally,  customers  typically  rely  on  us  to  provide  critical  data 
regarding the parts they purchase, including conflict mineral information. Our material sourcing is broad-based and multi-
tiered, and  we  may  not be able to easily  verify the  origins for conflict  minerals  used in the  products  we sell. We  have 
many suppliers and each provides conflict mineral information in a different manner, if at all. Accordingly, because the 
supply chain is complex, we may face reputational challenges if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins of conflict 
minerals used in our products. Additionally, customers may demand that the products they purchase be free of conflict 
minerals.  This  may  limit  the  number  of  suppliers  that  can  provide  products  in  sufficient  quantities  to  meet  customer 
demand or at competitive prices.  

The U.S. and foreign governments can audit our contracts with their respective defense and government agencies and, under 
certain circumstances, can adjust the economic terms of those contracts. 

A portion of our business comes from sales of products and services to the U.S. and foreign governments through 
various contracts.  These contracts are subject to procurement laws and regulations that lay out policies and procedures for 
acquiring  goods  and  services.    The  regulations  also  contain  guidelines  for  managing  contracts  after  they  are  awarded, 
including conditions under which contracts may be terminated, in whole or in part, at the government’s convenience or for 
default.    Failure  to  comply  with  the  procurement  laws  or  regulations  can  result  in  civil,  criminal  or  administrative 
proceedings involving fines, penalties, suspension of payments, or suspension or disbarment from government contracting or 
subcontracting for a period of time. 

We may incur significant costs because of known and unknown environmental matters. 

National, state and local laws impose various environmental controls on the manufacture, transportation, storage, 
use and disposal of batteries and of certain chemicals used in the manufacture of batteries.  We use and generate a variety of 
chemicals  and  other  hazardous  by-products  in  our  manufacturing  operations.    These  environmental  laws  govern,  among 
other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges and the handling, storage and release of wastes and hazardous substances.  
Such  laws  and  regulations  can  be  complex  and  are  subject  to  change.    Although  we  believe  that  our  operations  are  in 
substantial compliance with current environmental regulations and that, except as noted below, there are no environmental 
conditions that will require material expenditures for clean up at our present or former facilities or at facilities to which we 
have  sent  waste  for  disposal,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  changes  in  such  laws  and  regulations  will  not  impose  costly 
compliance  requirements  on  us  or  otherwise  subject  us  to  future  liabilities.    There  can  be  no  assurance  that  additional  or 
modified regulations relating to the manufacture, transportation, storage, use and disposal of materials used to manufacture 
our batteries or restricting disposal of batteries will not be imposed, or as to how these regulations will affect our customers 
or us.  Such changes in regulations could reduce our operating income and margins and have other material adverse effects 
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  We could incur substantial costs as a result of violations of 
environmental laws, including clean up costs, fines and sanctions and third-party property damage or personal injury claims. 
Failure to comply with environmental requirements could also result in enforcement actions that materially limit or otherwise 
affect the operations of the facilities involved.  Under certain environmental laws, a current or previous owner or operator of 
an  environmentally  contaminated  site  may  be  held  liable  for  the  entire  cost  of  investigation,  removal  or  remediation  of 
hazardous  materials  at  such  property.    This  liability  could  result  whether  or  not  the  owner  or  operator  knew  of,  or  was 
responsible for, the presence of any hazardous materials. 

The EU RoHS Directive places restrictions on the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic 
equipment.  All applicable products sold in the European Union market after July 1, 2006 must comply with  EU RoHS 
Directive. While this directive does not apply to batteries and does not currently affect our defense products, should any 
changes occur in the directive  that would affect our products, we  intend and expect to comply with any new regulations 
that are imposed.  Our commercial chargers are in compliance with this directive.  Additional European Union directives, 
entitled  the  Waste  Electrical  and  Electronic  Equipment  (“WEEE”)  Directive  and  the  Directive  "on  batteries  and 
accumulators  and  waste  batteries  and  accumulators",  impose  regulations  affecting  our  non-defense  products.  These 
directives  require  that  producers  or  importers  of  particular  classes  of  electrical  goods  are  financially  responsible  for 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products. These directives assign levels 
of  responsibility  to  companies  doing  business  in  European  Union  markets  based  on  their  relative  market  share.  These 
directives  call  on  each  European  Union  member  state  to  enact  enabling  legislation  to  implement  the  directive.  As 
additional European Union member states pass enabling legislation our compliance system should be sufficient to meet 
such requirements. Our current estimated costs associated with our compliance with these directives based on our current 
market  share  are  not  significant.  However,  we  continue  to  evaluate  the  impact  of  these  directives  as  European  Union 
member states implement guidance, and actual costs could differ from our current estimates.    

The  EU Battery  Directive is intended to cover all types of  batteries regardless of  their shape, volume,  weight, 
material  composition  or  use.   It  is  aimed  at  reducing  mercury,  cadmium,  lead  and  other  metals  in  the  environment  by 
minimizing the use of these substances in batteries and by treating and re-using old batteries. This directive applies to all 
types  of  batteries  except  those  used  to  protect  European  Member  States'  security,  for  military  purposes,  or  sent  into 
space.   To  achieve  these  objectives,  the  EU  Battery  Directive  prohibits  the  marketing  of  some  batteries  containing 
hazardous substances.  It establishes processes aimed at high levels of collection and recycling of batteries with quantified 
collection  and  recycling  targets.   The  directive  sets  out  minimum  rules  for  producer  responsibility  and  provisions  with 
regard  to  labeling  of  batteries  and  their  removability  from  equipment.   Product  markings  are  required  for  batteries  and 
accumulators to provide information on capacity and to facilitate reuse and safe disposal.  We currently ship our products 
pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  directive.  Our  current  estimated  costs  associated  with  our  compliance  with  these 
directives based on our current  market share are not  significant.  However,  we continue  to evaluate  the  impact of these 
directives  as  European  Union  member  states  implement  guidance,  and  actual  costs  could  differ  from  our  current 
estimates.  

The China RoHS 2 directive provides a regulatory framework, including similar hazardous substance restrictions 
as are imposed by the EU RoHS Directive, and applies to methods for the control and reduction of pollution and other 
public hazards to the environment caused during the production, sale, and import of EEP in China affecting a broad range 
of electronic products and parts.  The regulatory framework of China RoHS 2, also now references the updated marking 
and labeling requirements  under Standard SJ/T 11364-2014 (“Marking  Standard”).  The  methods under China  RoHS  2 
only  apply  to  EEP  placed  in  the  marketplace  in  China.    We  believe  our  compliance  system  is  sufficient  to  meet  our 
requirements under China RoHS 2.  Our current estimated costs associated with our compliance with this regulation based 
on  our  current  market  share  are  not  significant.    However,  we  continue  to  evaluate  the  impact  of  this  regulation,  and 
actual costs could differ from our current estimates. 

A  number  of  domestic  and  international  communities  are  prohibiting  the  landfill  disposal  of  batteries  and 
requiring companies to make provisions for product recycling.  Of particular note are the EU Batteries Directive and the 
New  York  State  Rechargeable  Battery  Recycling  Law.    We  are  committed  to  responsible  product  stewardship  and 
ongoing  compliance  with  these  and  future  statutes  and  regulations.   The  compliance  costs  associated  with  current 
recycling statutes and regulations are not expected to be significant at this time.  However, we continue to evaluate the 
impact of these regulations, and actual costs could differ from our current estimates and additional laws could be enacted 
by these and other states which entail greater costs of compliance. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None.   

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

As of December 31, 2016, we own two buildings in Newark, New York comprising approximately 250,000 square 
feet, which serve operations primarily in the Battery & Energy Products operating segment.  Our corporate headquarters are 
located in our Newark, New York facility.  We also lease approximately 97,000 square feet in two buildings on one campus 
in Shenzhen, China and approximately 25,000 square feet in six buildings in a contiguous area in Newcastle-under-Lyme, 
United  Kingdom  ,  which  serve  operations  in  the  Battery  &  Energy  Products  operating  segment.    The  Shenzhen,  China 
campus location includes a dormitory facility.  We lease approximately 32,500 square feet in a facility in Virginia Beach, 
Virginia,  which  serves  operations  in  the  Communications  Systems  operating  segment.    We  also  lease  sales  and 
administrative offices, as well as manufacturing and production facilities, in India, which serve operations in the Battery & 
Energy Products operating segment.  Our research and development efforts for our Battery & Energy Products are conducted 
at our Newark, New York, Newcastle-under-Lyme. United Kingdom and Shenzhen, China facilities, while our research and 
development efforts for our Communications Systems products are conducted in Tallahassee, Florida and at our facility in 
Virginia Beach, Virginia. We believe that our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current needs. However, we may 
require additional manufacturing and administrative space if demand for our products and services grows. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

We are subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business.   We believe that the 
final disposition of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash 
flows. 

Dreamliner Litigation 

In July 2013, an unoccupied Boeing 787 Dreamliner aircraft operated by Ethiopian Airlines (“EA”) was damaged by 
a fire  while parked at London Heathrow  Airport.  We participated in and provided technical  assistance in support of an 
investigation  of  this  incident  conducted  by  U.K.  and  U.S.  regulatory  authorities  as  well  as  by  the  manufacturer  of  the 
aircraft,  as  we  are  one  of  many  downstream  suppliers  to  that  manufacturer.   A  final  report  was  issued  by  the  Air 
Accidents  Investigative  Branch  -  -  UK  Civil  Aviation  regulatory  authority,  with  findings  indicating  that  the  fire  was 
primarily  caused  by  circumstances  related  to  the  plane’s  emergency  locator  transmitter  (“ELT”)  manufactured  and 
installed by another company.    

A  component  of  the  ELT  is  a  battery  pack  which  incorporates  Ultralife’s  industry-standard  Lithium  Manganese 
Dioxide  non-rechargeable  D-cell.  Ultralife  has  had  this  cell  in  production  since  2001,  with  millions  of  units  produced. 
The cell is widely-used for global defense and commercial applications. This battery product has gone through rigorous 
safety and qualification testing, including United Nations Transport of Dangerous Goods, Manual of Tests and Criteria, 
and is authorized for use in aerospace applications under Technical Standard Order C142.  

On May 4, 2015, we were notified of a lawsuit in which we were named, along with other suppliers to the aircraft 
manufacturer, concerning that 2013 fire. The suit was filed by EA in the Commercial Court, Queen’s Bench Division of 
the High Court of Justice, London and seeks as damages $42,000 plus other unspecified amounts, including those for loss 
of  use  and  diminution  in  value  of  the  aircraft.  We  maintain  liability  and  products  liability  insurance  through  reputable 
providers, and in accordance with our corporate practices, immediately advised and referred this matter to our insurers. 
We are working with those insurers and their counsel to actively defend against this action, which is ongoing.  

At this time, we believe that there is not a reasonable possibility that this incident will result in a material financial 

exposure to the Company. 

Arista Power Litigation  

Since  September  2011,  we  have  been  pursuing  legal  action  against  Arista  Power,  Inc.  (“Arista”)  and  our  former 
employee, David Modeen, for, among other things, alleged breach of certain agreements, duties and obligations, including 
misappropriation  of  our  confidential  information  and  trade  secrets,  tortious  interference,  and  breach  of  contract.   On 
January  12,  2016,  Arista  filed  for  liquidation  under  Chapter  7  of  the  bankruptcy  laws  of  the  United  States,  without 
accurately identifying our ongoing lawsuit against them.  Although we have not withdrawn our lawsuit, nor has it been 
dismissed, the Company did not submit a Proof of Claim in connection with Arista’s bankruptcy filing, nor does it intend 
to actively pursue its claims against Arista at this time 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

PART II 

Market Information 

 Ultralife’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ULBI.” 

The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low closing sales prices of our common stock during 2015 and 

2016: 

2015: 
Quarter ended March 29, 2015 
Quarter ended June 28, 2015 
Quarter ended September 27, 2015 
Quarter ended December 31, 2015 

2016: 
Quarter ended March 27, 2016 
Quarter ended June 26, 2016 
Quarter ended September 25, 2016 
Quarter ended December 31, 2016    

Closing Sales Prices 
     Low 
    High 

$3.99 
$4.40 
$5.45 
$7.49 

$6.51 
$5.85 
$5.05 
$5.05 

$3.00 
$3.56 
$3.90 
$5.28 

$4.95 
$3.76 
$3.95 
$3.92 

Holders 

As of February 9, 2017, there were approximately 3,000 registered holders of record of our common stock. 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer 

On  April  28,  2014,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  share  repurchase  program  (the  “Share 
Repurchase  Program”)  which  became  effective  on  May  1,  2014  and  under  which  the  Company  was  authorized  to 
repurchase  up  to  1.8  million  shares  of  its  outstanding  common  stock  over  a  period  not  to  exceed  twelve  months.  The 
Share  Repurchase  Program  was  extended  through  June  2,  2016,  and  the  maximum  number  of  shares  authorized  to  be 
repurchased under the program was increased to 3.4 million shares. 

Share  repurchases  under  this  program  were  made  in  accordance  with  SEC  Rule  10b-18  using  a  variety  of 
methods, which included open market purchases and block trades in compliance with applicable insider trading and other 
securities  laws  and  regulations.  With  the  exception  of  repurchases  made  during  stock  trading  black-out  periods  under 
10b5-1 Plans,  the  timing,  manner,  price  and  amount  of  any  repurchases  were  determined  at  the  Company’s  discretion. 
The  Share  Repurchase  Program  expired  on  June  2,  2016  and  did  not  obligate  the  Company  to  repurchase  any  specific 
number of shares. 

In 2016, we repurchased a total of 156,092 shares of our common stock for an aggregate consideration of $630, 
of which 149,904 shares were repurchased under the Share Repurchase Program for an aggregate amount (excluding fees 
and commissions) of $603.  In 2015, we repurchased a total of 2,258,929 shares of our common stock for an aggregate 
consideration  of  $9,388,  of  which  2,225,437  shares  were  repurchased  under  the  Share  Repurchase  Program  for  an 
aggregate amount (excluding fees and commissions) of $9,162.  

From the inception of the Share Repurchase Program on May 1, 2014 through its expiration on June 2, 2016, the 

Company repurchased 2,592,095 shares for an aggregate cost (excluding fees and commissions) of $10,480.   

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth information regarding 2016 purchases of our common stock under this program: 

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 

Average 
Price Paid 
Per Share 

  Total Number of 

Shares 
Purchased 
As Part of 
Publicly 
Announced 
Program 

Maximum 
Number of 
Shares That 
May Yet Be 
Purchased 
Under the 
Program 

Total for 2016 

149,904 

$4.02 

2,592,095 

- 

Dividends 

 We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock.  Pursuant to our current credit facility, we 
are precluded from paying any dividends. We intend to retain earnings, if any, to finance future operations and expansion 
and, therefore, do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  Any future payment of dividends will 
depend  upon  our  financial  condition,  capital  requirements  and  earnings,  as  well  as  upon  other  factors  that  our  Board  of 
Directors may deem relevant.   

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

As a smaller reporting company, we are not required to provide this information.  

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS   

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Consolidated Financial 

Statements and Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. 

The  financial  information  in  this  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 
Operations  is  presented  in  thousands  of  dollars,  except  for  share  and  per  share  amounts.    All  figures  presented  below 
represent results from continuing operations, unless otherwise specified. 

General 

We  offer  products  and  services  ranging  from  power  solutions  to  communications  and  electronics  systems  to 
customers across the globe in the government, defense and commercial sectors. With an emphasis on strong engineering 
and a collaborative approach to problem solving, we design, manufacture, install and maintain power and communications 
systems including rechargeable and non-rechargeable batteries, communications and electronics systems and accessories and 
custom  engineered  systems.    We  sell  our  products  worldwide  through  a  variety  of  trade  channels,  including  original 
equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), industrial and defense supply distributors and directly to U.S. and international defense 
departments. 

We report our results in two operating segments: Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems.  The 
Battery  &  Energy  Products  segment  includes  Lithium  9-volt,  cylindrical,  thin  cell  and  various  other  non-rechargeable 
batteries,  in  addition  to  rechargeable  batteries,  uninterruptable  power  supplies,  charging  systems  and  accessories,  such  as 
cables.    The  Communications  Systems  segment  includes  RF  amplifiers,  power  supplies,  cable  and  connector  assemblies, 
amplified  speakers,  equipment  mounts,  case  equipment,  integrated  communication  system  kits  and  communications  and 
electronics systems design.  We believe that reporting performance at the gross profit level is the best indicator of segment 
performance.  As such, we report segment performance at the gross profit level and operating expenses as Corporate charges.   

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We continually evaluate ways to grow, including opportunities to expand through mergers, acquisitions and joint 
ventures,  which  can  broaden  the  scope  of  our  products  and  services,  expand  operating  and  market  opportunities  and 
provide the ability to enter new lines of business synergistic with our portfolio of offerings.   

During 2014, we elected to terminate our lease for our U.K. service office and repair facility  that was to have 

expired in May 2018.  The termination of this lease was effective as of January 31, 2015. 

In  January  2016,  we  acquired  Accutronics  Limited  (“Accutronics”),  a  U.K.  corporation  based  in  Newcastle-
under-Lyme,  U.K.,  a  leading  independent  designer  and  manufacturer  of  smart  batteries  and  charger  systems  for  high-
performance, feature-laden portable and handheld electronic devices.   

Currently,  we  do  not  experience  significant  seasonal  sales  trends  in  any  of  our  operating  segments,  although 
sales to the U.S. Defense Department and other international defense organizations can be sporadic based on the needs of 
those particular customers.  

Consolidated revenues increased by $6,033 or 7.9% to $82,460 for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared 
to  $76,427  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015.    During  2016,  we  experienced  revenue  growth  of  58.7%  for  our 
Communications Systems business and a revenue decline of 0.8% for our Battery & Energy Products business.  This 2016 
performance reflected a $7,519 or 22.5% increase in sales to our commercial customers and a $1,486 or 3.5% decrease in 
sales to our government and defense customers.  The increase in commercial sales reflects our acquisition of Accutronics 
in  January  2016,  which  partially  offset  the  year  earlier  sales  demand  for  our  9-Volt  batteries  from  large  global  smoke 
detector OEM’s to comply with legislation and trends in a certain European Union country for products lasting ten years 
and large shipments of batteries to service the metering and toll pass industries in China.  Sales to medical customers in 
the  2016  period  increased  by  47.4%  over  2015  when  excluding  Accutronics  and  almost  doubled  when  including 
Accutronics.    Medical  sales  comprised  26.5%  of  total  sales  in  2016  compared  to  10.2%  for  2016.  The  decrease  in 
government  and  defense  sales  primarily  reflected  lower  demand  from  a  large,  global  defense  prime  contractor  for  our 
batteries and chargers and lower battery sales to the U.S. Defense of Defense partially offset by higher revenues from our 
Communications  Systems  business  driven  by  shipments  of  Vehicle  Installed  Power  Enhanced  Rifleman  Appliqué 
(“VIPER”) systems to fulfill contracts awarded in 2015 and 2016.   

Gross  margin  decreased  to  30.4%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  as  compared  to  30.5%  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2015.  The 10 basis point decline was due primarily to product mix in our Communications Systems 
business  segment  and  a  one-time  adjustment  to  increase  the  opening  inventory  of  Accutronics  to  fair  market  value  in 
accordance with purchase accounting.   

Operating  expenses  increased  by  $1,359  or  6.8%  to  $21,345  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016, 
compared to $19,986 during the year ended December 31, 2015.  This increase was fully attributable to the acquisition of 
Accutronics on January 13, 2016, which contributed operating expenses of $2,882 in 2016, including $203 of one-time 
direct  acquisition  costs  and  $323  of  intangible  asset  amortization.      Excluding  Accutronics  results,  operating  expenses 
decreased $1,523 or 7.6% due primarily to strict control over discretionary spending, while focusing on the development 
of new products and revenue growth.  Operating expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased from 26.2% in 2015 to 
25.9% in 2016 due to the combination of higher revenues and lower expenses in 2016. 

Net income attributable to Ultralife  was $3,509, or $0.23 per basic share ($0.23 per diluted share) for  the year 
ended  December  31,  2016,  compared  to  $2,869  or  $0.18  per  basic  share  ($0.17  per  diluted  share)  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2015.   

Adjusted EBITDA, defined as net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife  before  net interest expense, provision 
(benefit) for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, plus/minus expenses/income that we do not consider reflective 
of our continuing operations, amounted to $7,502 for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $6,966 for the prior 
period.    See  the  section  “Adjusted  EBITDA”  beginning  on  page  30  for  a  reconciliation  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  to  net 
income attributable to Ultralife. 

As  a  result  of  careful  working  capital  management  and  cash  generated  from  operations,  our  liquidity  remains 
solid with total cash of $10,706, a decrease of $3,827 from the cash position of $14,533 as of December 31, 2015.  The 
decrease reflects  the  January  2016 acquisition of  Accutronics  utilizing cash of $11,161 and the completion of our Share 
Repurchase  Program  with  the  repurchase  of  149,904  shares  for  $603,  partially  offset  by  our  operating  performance  and 
inventory reduction.  We had no debt as of December 31, 2016 or December 31, 2015.   

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year, we achieved our stated goal of generating profitable growth, posting 13% operating income growth 
on an 8% revenue increase.   As we look ahead to 2017, an improving backlog and disciplined execution of our business 
model while continuing to invest in market and sales reach expansion and new product development, positions us well to 
further diversify beyond our core U.S. government/defense business and achieve another year of profitable growth. 

Results of Operations  

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared With the Year Ended December 31, 2015: 

Year Ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

Increase/ 
(Decrease) 

Revenues: 
   Battery & Energy Products 
   Communications Systems 
     Total 
Cost of Products Sold: 
   Battery & Energy Products 
   Communications Systems 
     Total 
Gross Profit: 
   Battery & Energy Products 
   Communications Systems 
     Total 
Operating Expenses 
Operating Income 
Other Expense, Net 
Income Before Taxes 
Income Tax Provision 
Net Income 
Net Loss Attributable to Non-Controlling Interest 
Net Income Attributable to Ultralife 
Net Income Attributable to Ultralife Common Shares – 
Basic 
Net Income Attributable to Ultralife Common Shares – 
Diluted 

$64,753 
17,707 
82,460 

45,173 
12,179 
57,352 

19,580 
5,528 
25,108 
21,345 
3,763 
(183) 
3,580 
98 
3,482 
27 
$3,509 

$0.23 

$0.23 

$65,272 
11,155 
76,427 

46,574 
6,537 
53,111 

18,698 
4,618 
23,316 
19,986 
3,330 
(180) 
3,150 
310 
2,840 
29 
$2,869 

$0.18 

$0.17 

($519) 
6,552 
6,033 

(1,401) 
5,642 
4,241 

882 
910 
1,792 
1,359 
433 
3 
430 
(212) 
642 
(2) 
$640 

$0.05 

$0.06 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding –Basic 
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding – Diluted 

15,261,000 
15,405,000 

16,182,000 
16,458,000 

(921,000) 
(1,053,000) 

Revenues.   Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 amounted to $82,460, an increase of $6,033, 

or 7.9% from the $76,427 reported for the year ended December 31, 2015. 

   Battery  &  Energy  Products  revenues  decreased  $519,  or  0.8%,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016.    

Commercial revenues of this business increased $7,519, or 22.5%, over 2015 and now comprise 62.6% of total segment 
sales versus 51.1% last year.  The year-over-year increase resulted from the inclusion of Accutronics sales in the amount 
of $10,362 and an increase in core medical sales, which offset the year-earlier demand for our 9-Volt batteries from large 
global  smoke  detector  OEM’s  to  comply  with  legislation  and  trends  in  a  certain  European  Union  country  for  products 
lasting ten years and large shipments of batteries to service the metering and toll pass industries in China.  Government 
and defense sales of this business decreased $8,038, or 25.2%, from 2015 and now comprise 36.6% of total segment sales 
versus  48.9%  last  year.  The  year-over-year  decline  was  due  primarily  to  the  lower  battery  and  charger  shipments  to  a 
large international prime defense supplier and lower shipments of primary batteries to the U.S. Department of Defense in 
2016.    

Communications  Systems  revenues  increased  $6,552,  or  58.7%,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016.    The 
increase resulted from fulfillment of orders through an OEM to the U.S. Army of the Vehicle Installed Power Enhanced 
Riflemen  Appliqué  (“VIPER”)  following  our  September  2015  award  of  an  $8.2  million  contract  and  an  October  2016 
follow-up award for $2.2 million.  The shipments of VIPER systems more than offset a decrease in core product sales due 
to closing and funding delays associated with some orders which are expected to ship in 2017.   

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our order backlog at December 31, 2016 was approximately $26,200, a decrease of approximately $700 from the 
backlog at December 31, 2015, which was $26,900. The decrease is primarily due to the award of an $8,200 order through 
an OEM for the U.S. Army for our new MRC product – Vehicle Installed Power Enhanced Rifleman Appliqué (“VIPER”) in 
2015 that was shipped in 2016, which offset backorders associated with our acquisition of Accutronics, and higher demand 
for batteries and power supplies from large U.S.-based global defense contractors and a global medical products OEM.  Our 
backlog at December 31, 2016 is expected to ship throughout 2017.   

Cost of Products Sold and Gross Profit.   Cost of products sold for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased 
$4,241, or 8.0%, from the  year ended December 31, 2015.  Consolidated cost of products sold as a percentage of total 
revenue increased from 69.5% for the year ended December 31, 2015 to 69.6% for the year ended December 31, 2016.  
Correspondingly, consolidated gross margin was 30.4% for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared with 30.5% for 
the year ended December 31, 2015.  The 10 basis point decline in gross margin is due primarily to product mix impacting 
the Communications Systems segment and a one-time adjustment to increase the opening inventory of Accutronics to fair 
market value in accordance with purchase accounting.   

For our Battery & Energy Products segment, the cost of products sold decreased $1,401 or 3.0%, from the year 
ended  December  31,  2015.    Battery  &  Energy  Products’  gross  profit  for  2016  was  $19,580  or  30.2%  of  revenues,  an 
increase of $882 or 4.7% from gross profit of $18,698, or 28.6% of revenues, for 2015.  As a result, Battery & Energy 
Products’ gross margin as a percentage of revenues increased for the year ended December 31, 2016 by 160 basis points 
over  the  prior  year,  reflecting  favorable  product  mix  including  the  higher  overall  gross  margins  recognized  for 
Accutronics high value proposition products.    

For our Communications Systems segment, the cost of products sold increased by $5,642 or 86.3% from the year 
ended December 31, 2015.  Communications Systems’ gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $5,528 or 
31.2% of revenues, an increase of $910 or 19.7% from gross profit of $4,618 or 41.4% of revenues, for the year ended 
December 31, 2015.  The 1,020 basis points decrease in gross margin as a percentage of revenue during 2016 is due to 
sales product mix primarily related to the high volume initial VIPER award.  

Operating Expenses.  Total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased $1,359 or 6.8% 
from the year ended December 31, 2015.  This increase was primarily attributable to the acquisition of Accutronics on 
January 13, 2016, which contributed operating expenses of $2,882 in 2016, including $203 of one-time direct acquisition 
costs and $323 of intangible asset amortization.   Excluding Accutronics results, operating expenses decreased $1,523 or 
7.6% due primarily to strict control over non-revenue related discretionary spending, while focusing on the development 
of new products and revenue growth. 

Overall,  operating  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  were  25.9%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016 
compared to 26.2% for the comparable 2015 period.  Amortization expense  associated  with intangible assets related  to 
our  acquisitions  increased  to  $503,  including  $323  for  Accutronics,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  ($303  in 
selling, general and administrative expenses and $200 in research and development costs),  compared with $235 for the 
year  ended  December  31,  2015  ($105  in  selling,  general,  and  administrative  expenses  and  $130  in  research  and 
development costs).  Research and development costs were $5,946 in 2016, an increase of $343, or 6.1%, from $5,603 
reported  in  2015.    The  increase  is  comprised  of  $534  of  research  and  development  costs  (including  intangible  asset 
amortization of $106) incurred by Accutronics, partially offset by a decrease of $191 primarily representing discretionary 
spending reductions.  Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased $1,166 or 8.2%, from $14,233 for the year 
ended  December  31,  2015  to  $15,399  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016.   The  increase  is  fully  attributable  to  the 
inclusion of Accutronics results and the one-time direct acquisition costs which contributed $2,348 (including intangible 
asset  amortization  of  $217)  of  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  the  2016  period,  partially  offset  by 
continued actions in the core businesses to reduce discretionary expenses.  For 2015, we recorded a non-cash impairment 
charge  of  $150  to  reduce  the  book  value  of  our  McDowell  Research  Corporation  trademark.    The  2015  trademark 
impairment charge was based on compliance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”), and 
resulted  from  taking  into  account  timing  delays  in  the  awarding  by  government/defense  customers  in  recent  years  of 
certain large projects in our Communications Systems pipeline. 

Other  Income  (Expense).    Other  (expense)  totaled  ($183) for  the  year  ended  December  31, 2016  compared  to 
($180) for the year ended December 31, 2015.  Interest and financing expense, net of interest income, increased $18 to 
$263 for 2016 from $245 for 2015, as a result of one-time costs of $48 associated  with the acquisition of Accutronics. 
Miscellaneous income amounted to $80 for 2016 compared with $65 for 2015, primarily due to transactions impacted by 
foreign currency fluctuation between the U. S. Dollar, Pound Sterling and the Euro.  

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Income  Taxes.    We  recorded  a  tax  provision  of  $98  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  compared  with  a  tax 
provision  of  $310  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015.    The  December  31,  2016  provision  is  primarily  due  to  the 
income reported for our United Kingdom operations including Accutronics, state taxes and the recognition of deferred tax 
liabilities  generated  from  the  amortization  of  goodwill  and  certain  intangible  assets  for  tax  purposes  that  cannot  be 
predicted  to  reverse  for  book  purposes  during  our  loss  carryforward  periods.    The  December  31,  2015  provision  is 
primarily  due  to  the  income  reported  for  our  China  and  United  Kingdom  operations  during  the  periods,  the  estimated 
provision  for  U.S.  federal  alternative  minimum  tax  liability,  state  taxes,  and  the  recognition  of  deferred  tax  liabilities 
generated  from  the  amortization  of  goodwill  and  certain  intangible  assets  for  tax  purposes  that  cannot  be  predicted  to 
reverse for book purposes during our loss carry-forward periods.   The year-over-year decrease is primarily attributable to 
the amounts and  geographic  mix of earnings and an excess accrual of income taxes  from prior  years.  In 2015, the tax 
provision  was  reduced  by  a  deferred  tax  benefit  amounting  to  $51  relating  to  our  $150  impairment  of  a  trademark.    The 
effective consolidated tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows: 

Income Before Income Taxes (a) 
Income Tax Provision (b) 
Effective Rate (b) / (a) 

Years Ended December 31, 

2016 
$3,580 
98 
2.7% 

2015 
$3,150 
310 
9.8% 

In 2016 and 2015, in the U.S. and certain operations in the U.K., we continue to report a valuation allowance for 
our deferred tax assets we believe cannot be offset by reversing temporary differences because based on past history, it is 
more likely than not that we would not utilize our U.S. and U.K. net operating losses (“NOLs”) that had accumulated over 
time  before  their  expiration.    The  recognition  of  a  valuation  allowance  on  our  deferred  tax  assets  resulted  from  our 
evaluation  of  all  available  evidence,  both  positive  and  negative.    The  assessment  of  the  realizability  of  the  NOLs  was 
based  on  a  number  of  factors  including,  our  history  of  operating  losses,  the  volatility  of  our  earnings,  our  historical 
operating volatility, our historical inability to accurately forecast earnings for future periods and the continued uncertainty 
of the general business climate. We concluded that these historical factors represent sufficient negative evidence and have 
concluded that we should continue to have a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets.  (See Notes 1 
and 9 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.)   

In  addition,  certain  of  our  NOL  carry-forwards  are  subject  to  U.S.  alternative  minimum  tax  such  that  carry-
forwards can offset only 90% of alternative minimum taxable income.  The use of our U.K. NOL carryforwards may be 
limited  due  to  the  change  in  the  U.K.  operation  during  2008  from  a  manufacturing  and  assembly  center  to  primarily  a 
distribution and service center. 

Net  Income  Attributable  to  Ultralife.    Net  income  attributable  to  Ultralife  and  income  attributable  to  Ultralife 
common  shareholders  per  diluted  share  was  $3,509  and  $0.23,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended    December  31,  2016, 
compared to $2,869 and $0.17, respectively, for the  year ended December 31, 2015 as a result of the reasons described 
above.    The  2016  period  was  impacted  by  the  purchase  accounting  adjustments  and  non-recurring  costs  totaling  $343 
related  to  the  acquisition  of  Accutronics,  equivalent  to  $0.02  per  share.    Average  common  shares  outstanding  used  to 
compute  diluted  earnings  per  share  decreased  from  16,458,000  in  the  2015  period  to  15,405,000  in  the  2016  period, 
mainly due to the repurchase of shares under the Company’s Share Repurchase Program (see Note 3 to our Consolidated 
Financial Statements) partially offset by stock option exercises. 

Adjusted EBITDA 

In  evaluating  our  business,  we  consider  and  use  Adjusted  EBITDA,  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure,  as  a 
supplemental  measure  of  our  operating  performance.  We  define  Adjusted  EBITDA  as  net  income  (loss)  attributable  to 
Ultralife  before  net  interest  expense,  provision  (benefit)  for  income  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization,  plus/minus 
expenses/income  that  we  do  not  consider  reflective  of  our  ongoing  operations.  We  use  Adjusted  EBITDA  as  a 
supplemental measure to review and assess our operating performance and to enhance comparability between periods. We 
also believe the use of Adjusted EBITDA facilitates investors’ use of operating performance comparisons from period to 
period  and  company  to  company  by  backing  out  potential  differences  caused  by  variations  in  such  items  as  capital 
structures (affecting relative interest expense and stock-based compensation expense), the book amortization of intangible 
assets  (affecting  relative  amortization  expense),  the  age  and  book  value  of  facilities  and  equipment  (affecting  relative 
29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
depreciation  expense)  and  other  significant  non-operating  expenses  or  income.  We  also  present  Adjusted  EBITDA 
because  we believe  securities analysts, investors and other interested parties  frequently  use  it as a  measure  of  financial 
performance.    We  reconcile  Adjusted  EBITDA  to  net  income  (loss)  attributable  to  Ultralife,  the  most  comparable 
financial measure under U.S. GAAP. 

We use Adjusted EBITDA in our decision-making processes relating to the operation of our business together with 
U.S.  GAAP  financial  measures  such  as  income  (loss)  from  operations.    We  believe  that  Adjusted  EBITDA  permits  a 
comparative  assessment  of  our  operating  performance,  relative  to  our  performance  based  on  our  U.S.  GAAP  results, 
while isolating the effects of depreciation and amortization, which may vary from period to period without any correlation 
to underlying operating performance, and of non-cash stock-based compensation, which is a non-cash expense that varies 
widely  among  companies.    We  believe  that  by  presenting  Adjusted  EBITDA,  we  assist  investors  in  gaining  a  better 
understanding of our business on a going forward basis.  We provide information relating to our Adjusted EBITDA  so 
that securities analysts, investors and other interested parties have the same data that we employ in assessing our overall 
operations.  We believe that trends in our Adjusted EBITDA are a valuable indicator of our operating performance on a 
consolidated  basis  and  of  our  ability  to  produce  operating  cash  flows  to  fund  working  capital  needs,  to  service  debt 
obligations and to fund capital expenditures. 

The term Adjusted EBITDA is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and is not a measure of operating income, operating 
performance  or  liquidity  presented  in  accordance  with  U.S. GAAP.  Our  Adjusted  EBITDA  has  limitations  as  an 
analytical tool, and when assessing our operating performance, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation 
or as a substitute for net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife or other consolidated statement of operations data prepared 
in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations include, but are not limited to, the following:  

a.  Adjusted  EBITDA  does  not  reflect  (1)  our  cash  expenditures  or  future  requirements  for  capital 
expenditures  or  contractual  commitments;  (2)  changes  in,  or  cash  requirements  for,  our  working  capital 
needs;  (3)  the  interest  expense,  or  the  cash  requirements  necessary  to  service  interest  or  principal 
payments, on our debt; (4) income taxes or the cash requirements for any tax payments; and (5) all of the 
costs associated with operating our business; 

b.  although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized 
often will have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements 
for such replacements; 

c.  while  stock-based  compensation  is  a  component  of  cost  of  products  sold  and  operating  expenses,  the 
impact on our consolidated financial statements compared to other companies can vary significantly due to 
such factors as assumed life of the stock-based awards and assumed volatility of our common stock; and 

d.  other  companies  may  calculate  Adjusted  EBITDA  differently  than  we  do,  limiting  its  usefulness  as  a 

comparative measure. 

We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our U.S. GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA 

only on a supplemental basis.  Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as follows for the periods presented:  

Net Income Attributable to Ultralife 
Add: 
   Interest Expense, Net 
   Income Tax Provision 
   Depreciation and Amortization of Financing Fees 
   Amortization of Intangible Assets 
   MRC Trademark Impairment 
   Stock-Based Compensation Expense 
   Non-Cash Purchase Accounting Adjustment 
    Loss on Asset Disposal and Other 
Adjusted EBIDTA 

Years ended December 31, 

2016 
$3,509 

263 
98 
2,294 
503 
- 
710 
96 
29 
$7,502 

2015 
$2,869 

245 
310 
2,472 
235 
150 
571 
- 
114 
$6,966 

30 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Cash Flows and General Business Matters 

As of December 31, 2016, cash totaled $10,706 (including restricted cash of $77), a decrease of $3,827 from the 
beginning of the year primarily attributable to the Company’s acquisition of Accutronics.  During the year ended December 
31, 2016, we generated $7,653 of cash from operating activities as compared to $8,551 of cash for the year ended December 
31, 2015, a decrease of $898.  In 2016, the cash generated from operating activities was a result of our net income of $3,482 
plus an add-back of $3,536 for  non-cash  expenses of depreciation, amortization, and  stock-based compensation. Working 
capital  changes  accounted  for  $635  of  the  operating  cash  generation,  due  mainly  to  a  decrease  in  inventory,  offset  by  an 
increase is accounts receivable and a decline in our accounts payable and other liabilities.  In 2015, the cash generated from 
operating  activities  resulted  from  our  net  income  of  $2,840  plus  an  add-back  of  $3,542  for  non-cash  expenses  of 
depreciation,  amortization,  loss  on  disposal  of  equipment  and  improvements,  and  stock-based  compensation.  Working 
capital changes accounted for $2,169 of the operating cash generation, due mainly to a decrease in inventory.      

We used $11,011 in cash for investing activities during 2016 compared with $2,910 in cash used for investing 
activities in 2015.  The Company acquired Accutronics in 2016 utilizing cash of $11,161, which was partially offset by the 
cash acquired from Accutronics of $1,304.  Cash paid for capital expenditures totaled $1,219 and $2,910 in 2016 and 2015, 
respectively.  The year-over-year decrease in cash paid for capital expenditures was due primarily to the 2015 payment for 
test equipment of pertaining to our Communications business that was installed in 2014.  Restricted cash was reduced by 
$65 and funded to operating cash in 2016 in accordance with the terms of an international 2015 contract. 

We used $173 in cash for financing activities during 2016, compared to $8,868 in cash for financing activities 
during  2015.    We  spent  $607  to  repurchase  treasury  stock  under  the  Company’s  Share  Repurchase  Program  in  2016 
compared to $9,388 in 2015, and we received $461 and $538 in 2016 and 2015, respectively, in funds from the issuance 
of common stock in connection with the exercise of stock options by our employees.  In 2016 and 2015, we used $27 and 
$18, respectively, for tax withholdings related to stock-based awards.  

Although we carry a full reserve for our deferred tax asset as of both December 31, 2016 and 2015, we continue 
to have significant U.S. NOLs available to us to utilize as an offset to taxable income.  As of December 31, 2015, none of 
our  U.S.  NOLs  have  expired.    See  Note  9  in  our  Notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional 
information. 

Inventory turnover for the year ended December 31, 2016 averaged 2.1 turns, identical to 2015.   

As of December 31, 2016, we had made commitments to purchase approximately $504 of production machinery 

and equipment, which we expect to fund through operating cash flows. 

In January 2016, we acquired Accutronics Limited (“Accutronics”) as disclosed in Note  2 to our Consolidated 
Financial Statements.  The purchase price of £7,708 million (approximately $11.2 million) was funded out of our cash.  
Based  on  operating  cash  flows  and  working  capital  management,  including  reductions  in  discretionary  spending  and 
further reductions of inventory, a large portion of the cash used was restored over the course of 2016. 

Debt and Lease Commitments 

On  May  24,  2013,  we  entered  into  a  Revolving  Credit,  Guaranty  and  Security  Agreement  (the  “Credit 
Agreement”) and related security agreements  with PNC Bank, National Association (“PNC”) to establish a $20 million 
secured asset-based revolving credit facility that includes a $1 million letter of credit subfacility (the “Credit Facility”).  
The Credit Agreement provides that the Credit Facility may be increased with PNC’s concurrence to $35 million prior to 
the last six months of the term and expires on May 24, 2017.  The Credit Facility replaces the prior credit facility with 
RBS  Business  Capital,  a  division  of  RBS  Asset  Finance,  Inc.,  which  expired  in  accordance  with  its  terms  on  May  15, 
2013, with no debt outstanding.   

Our available borrowing limit under the Credit Facility fluctuates from time to time based on a borrowing base 
formula  equal  to  the  sum  of  up  to  85%  of  eligible  accounts  receivable  plus  the  least  of  (a)  up  to  65%  of  the  eligible 
inventory and eligible foreign in-transit inventory, (b) up to 85% of the appraised net orderly liquidation value of eligible 
inventory  and  eligible  foreign  in-transit  inventory,  and  (c)  $7.5  million,  in  each  case  subject  to  the  definitions  in  the 
Credit Agreement and reserves required by PNC.   

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest  is  payable  quarterly  and  will  accrue  on  outstanding  indebtedness  under  the  Credit  Agreement  at  the 
alternate  base  rate,  as  defined  in  the  Credit  Agreement,  plus  the  applicable  margin  or  at  the  one,  two  or  three  month 
LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin as selected by us from time to time and listed below.  

Quarterly Average Undrawn 
Borrowing Availability 

Greater than $8,000,000 
$5,000,000 up to $8,000,000 
Less than $5,000,000 

Applicable Margin for 
Alternate Base Rate Loans 
1.00% 
1.25% 
1.50% 

Applicable Margin for 
LIBOR Rate Loans 
2.00% 
2.25% 
2.50% 

We  must  pay  a  fee  on  the  Credit  Facility’s  unused  availability  of  0.375%  per  annum  and  customary  letter  of 

credit fees in addition to various collateral monitoring and related fees and expenses.   

In addition to customary affirmative and negative covenants, we must maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio as 
defined in the Credit Agreement of 1:15 to 1:00 tested quarterly for the four-quarters then ended.  For the years ended 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants. The Credit Facility is secured by substantially 
all our assets. 

Any outstanding advances must be repaid upon expiration of the term of the Credit Facility.  Payments must be 
made  during  the  term  to  the  extent  outstanding  advances  exceed  the  maximum  amount  then  permitted  to  be  drawn  as 
advances  under  the  Credit  Facility  and  from  the  proceeds  of  certain  transactions.    Upon  the  occurrence  of  an  event  of 
default, the outstanding obligations may be accelerated and PNC will have other customary remedies. 

As of December 31, 2016, we had no amount outstanding under the Credit Facility, an applicable interest rate of 
4.5%  on borrowings below $1,000, borrowing capacity of $9,549 in addition to our unrestricted cash on hand of $10,629, 
and no outstanding letters of credit related to the Credit Facility. 

See Note 6 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. 

Other Matters 

With  respect  to  our  battery  products,  we  typically  offer  warranties  against  any  defects  due  to  product 
manufacture  or  workmanship  for  up  to  one  year  from  the  date  of  purchase.      With  respect  to  our  communications 
accessory  products,  we  typically  offer  a  three-year  warranty.    We  provide  for  a  reserve  for  these  potential  warranty 
expenses, which is based on an analysis of historical warranty issues.  There is no assurance that future warranty claims 
will be consistent with past history, and in the event we experience a significant increase in warranty claims, there is no 
assurance  that  our  reserves  would  be  sufficient.    This  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The  above  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  are  based  upon  our 
consolidated  financial  statements,  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP.    The  preparation  of  these 
financial  statements  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  amounts  reported  therein.    The 
estimates and assumptions that require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments are described below. 

Revenue Recognition:  

Product Sales – In general, revenues from the sale of products are recognized when products are shipped. When 
products are shipped with terms that require transfer of title upon delivery at a customer’s location, revenues are 
recognized  on  date  of  delivery.    We  make  a  provision  at  the  time  the  revenue  is  recognized  for  warranty  costs 
expected  to  be  incurred.  Customers,  including  distributors,  do  not  have  a  general  right  of  return  on  products 
shipped.   

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technology  Contracts  –  We  recognize  revenue  using  the  proportional  method,  measured  by  the  percentage  of 
actual costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs to complete the contract. Elements of cost include direct 
material,  labor  and  overhead.    If  a  loss  on  a  contract  is  estimated,  the  full  amount  of  the  loss  is  recognized 
immediately.  We allocate costs to all technology contracts based upon actual costs incurred including an allocation 
of certain research and development costs incurred.  

Deferred Revenue - For each source of revenues, we defer recognition if: (i) evidence of an agreement does not 
exist,  (ii)  delivery  or  service  has  not  occurred,  (iii)  the  selling  price  is  not  fixed  or  determinable,  or  (iv) 
collectability is not reasonably assured. 

Valuation of Inventory: 

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market,  with  cost  determined  using  the  first-in,  first-out  (“FIFO”) 
method.  Our  inventory  includes  raw  materials,  work  in  process  and  finished  goods.  We  record  provisions  for 
excess,  obsolete  or  slow  moving  inventory  based  on  changes  in  customer  demand,  technology  developments  or 
other  economic  factors.  The  factors  that  contribute  to  inventory  valuation  risks  are  our  purchasing  practices, 
material  and  product  obsolescence,  accuracy  of  sales  and  production  forecasts,  introduction  of  new  products, 
product  lifecycles,  product  support  and  foreign  regulations  governing  hazardous  materials  (see  Item  1A  –  Risk 
Factors for  further information on  foreign regulations). We  manage our exposure  to inventory valuation risks by 
maintaining  safety  stocks,  minimum  purchase  lots,  managing  product  end-of-life  issues  brought  on  by  aging 
components  or  new  product  introductions,  and  by  utilizing  certain  inventory  minimization  strategies  such  as 
vendor-managed  inventories.  We  believe  that  the  accounting  estimate  related  to  valuation  of  inventories  is  a 
"critical accounting estimate" because it is susceptible to changes from period-to-period due to the requirement for 
management  to  make  estimates  relative  to  each  of  the  underlying  factors  ranging  from  purchasing,  to  sales,  to 
production, to after-sale support. If actual demand, market conditions or product lifecycles are adversely different 
from those estimated by management, inventory adjustments to lower market values would result in a reduction to 
the carrying value of inventory, an increase in inventory write-offs and a decrease in gross margins. 

Warranties: 

We  maintain  provisions  related  to  normal  warranty  claims  by  customers.  We  evaluate  these  reserves  quarterly 
based on actual experience with warranty claims to date and our assessment of additional claims in the future. There 
is no assurance that future warranty claims will be consistent with past history, and in the event we experience a 
significant increase in warranty claims, there is no assurance that our reserves would be sufficient. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: 

We regularly assess all of our long-lived assets for impairment when events or circumstances indicate their carrying 
amounts may not be recoverable. This is accomplished by comparing the expected undiscounted future cash flows 
of the assets with the respective carrying amount as of the date of assessment. Should aggregate future cash flows 
be less than the carrying value, a write-down would be required, measured as the difference between the carrying 
value  and  the  fair  value  of  the  asset.  Fair  value  is  estimated  either  through  the  assistance  of  an  independent 
valuation or as  the present  value of expected discounted  future cash  flows.  The discount rate  used by  us in our 
evaluation  is  an  industry-based  weighted  average  cost  of  capital.  If  the  expected  undiscounted  future  cash  flows 
exceed the respective carrying amount as of the date of assessment, no impairment charge is recognized. 

Environmental Issues: 

Environmental expenditures, if any, that relate to current operations, are generally expensed. Remediation costs that 
relate  to an existing condition caused by past operations are accrued  when it is probable that these costs  will be 
incurred and can be reasonably estimated. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: 

The  purchase  price  paid  to  effect  an  acquisition  is  allocated  to  the  acquired  tangible  and  intangible  assets  and 
liabilities  at  fair  value.   We  do  not  amortize  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives,  but  instead 
evaluate  these  assets  for  impairment  at  least  annually,  or  when  events  indicate  that  impairment  exists.  We 
amortize intangible assets that have definite lives so that the economic benefits of the intangible assets are being 
utilized over their weighted-average estimated useful life. 

The  impairment  analysis  of  goodwill  consists  first  of  a  review  of  various  qualitative  factors  of  the  identified 
reporting units to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its 
carrying  amount,  including  goodwill.  This  review  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  an  evaluation  of  the 
macroeconomic,  industry  or  market,  and  cost  factors  relevant  to  the  reporting  unit  as  well  as  financial 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
performance  and  entity  or  reporting  unit  events  that  may  affect  the  value  of  the  reporting  unit.  If  this  review 
leads to the determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its 
carrying amount, further impairment testing is not required. However, if this review cannot support a conclusion 
that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, or at our 
discretion,  quantitative  impairment  steps  are  performed.  Similarly,  the  analysis  for  indefinite-lived  intangible 
assets  consists  of  a  review  of  various  qualitative  factors  to  determine  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the 
indefinite-lived intangible asset is  not impaired.  If  we  conclude  that  it is  more  likely than  not that  we  cannot 
support  that  the  indefinite-lived  asset  is  not  impaired,  or  at  our  discretion,  quantitative  impairment  steps  are 
performed.  

The quantitative impairment test for goodwill consists of a comparison of the fair value of the reporting unit with 
the carrying amount of the reporting unit to which it is assigned.  If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its 
carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired.  If the carrying amount of a reporting 
unit exceeds its fair value, a second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of 
impairment loss, if any.  The impairment test for intangible assets with indefinite lives consists of a comparison 
of the fair value of the intangible assets with their carrying amounts. If the carrying value of the intangible assets 
exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss  is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  We determine the 
fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  for  goodwill  impairment  testing  based  on  a  discounted  cash  flow  model.   We 
determine  the  fair  value  of  our  intangibles  assets  with  indefinite  lives  (trademarks)  through  the  relief  from 
royalty valuation approach. 

We  conducted  our  annual  impairment  analysis  for  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  as  of 
December  31,  2016.   For  2016,  we  identified  four  goodwill  reporting  units  for  analysis.  We  performed  a 
quantitative analysis on these reporting units as of December 31, 2016.  This testing indicated no impairment. 

For  2016,  we  identified  four  trademarks  for  analysis.  We  performed  annual  quantitative  tests  on  each  of  these 
trademarks,  and  the  testing  indicated  no  impairment  in  2016.  While  our  testing  indicated  that  the  McDowell 
Research Corporation trademark is not impaired in 2016, it passed by a relatively narrow margin of 15% over the 
carrying value and is most susceptible to variances in sales from current projections.  In 2015, we determined that 
an impairment of $150 was required to reduce the carrying value of our McDowell Research Corporation trademark 
for our Communications Systems business to its estimated fair value.  

There is a possibility that our goodwill and other intangible assets, particularly in our Communications Systems 
business, could be impaired in the future should there be a significant change in our internal forecasts and other 
assumptions we use in our impairment analysis. 

Stock-Based Compensation: 

We recognize compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions in our financial statements.  The cost 
is  measured  at  the  grant  date,  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  award,  and  is  recognized  as  an  expense  over  the 
employee’s  requisite  service  period  (generally  the  vesting  period  of  the  equity  award).    We  calculate  expected 
volatility for stock options by taking an average of historical volatility over the past five years and a computation of 
implied  volatility.    The  computation  of  expected  term  was  determined  based  on  historical  experience  of  similar 
awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards and vesting schedules.  The interest 
rate for periods within the contractual life of the award is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of 
grant.  If required, our market based awards are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation. 

Income Taxes: 

We  account  for  income  taxes  using  the  asset  and  liability  method.      Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and 
liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and 
are  measured  using  the  enacted  tax  rates  and  laws  that  may  be  in  effect  when  the  differences  are  expected  to 
reverse. 

In 2016 and 2015, in the U.S. and certain operations in the U.K., we continued to report a valuation allowance for 
our deferred tax assets that we believe cannot be offset by reversing temporary differences because based on past 
history,  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  we  would  not  be  able  to  utilize  our  U.S.  and  U.K.  net  operating  losses 
(“NOLs”) that have accumulated over time.  The recognition of a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets 
resulted  from  our  evaluation  of  all  available  evidence,  both  positive  and  negative.    The  assessment  of  the 
realizability  of  the  NOLs  was  based  on  a  number  of  factors  including  our  history  of  net  operating  losses,  the 
volatility of our earnings, our historical operating volatility, our historical inability to accurately forecast earnings 
for future periods and the continued uncertainty of the general business climate.   We concluded that these historical 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
factors represent sufficient negative evidence and have concluded that we should continue to record a full valuation 
allowance at December 31, 2016.  We currently carry a deferred tax asset in China that we have determined does 
not require a valuation allowance as we are more likely than not to fully utilize the NOL in China.  We continually 
assess the carrying value of this asset based on relevant accounting standards. 

Business Combinations: 

We account for businesses acquired using the acquisition method of accounting.  Under this method, all acquisition-
related costs are expensed as incurred.  The underlying  net assets  are recorded  at their respective acquisition-date 
fair values. As part of this process, we identify and attribute values and estimated lives to property and equipment 
and intangible assets acquired. These determinations involve significant estimates and assumptions, including those 
with respect to future cash flows, discount rates and asset lives, and therefore require considerable judgment. These 
determinations affect the amount of depreciation and amortization expense recognized in future periods. The results 
of  operations  of  acquired  businesses  are  included  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  and  comprehensive 
income beginning on the respective business's acquisition date. 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

As a smaller reporting company, we are not required to provide this information. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The financial statements and schedules listed in Item 15(a)(1) are included in this Report beginning on page 39. 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Financial Statements:   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the years ended 

December 31, 2016 and 2015 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended 

December 31, 2016 and 2015 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 

2015 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page 

37 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Ultralife Corporation 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Ultralife Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 
31, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash 
flows for the year then ended (collectively, the financial statements). These financial statements are the responsibility of 
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we 
engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal 
control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not 
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the 
amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We 
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of Ultralife Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016, and the results of their operations and their 
cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

/s/ Freed Maxick CPAs, P.C.  
Rochester, New York 
February 9, 2017 

37 

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of  
Ultralife Corporation 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Ultralife Corporation as of December 31, 2015, and the related 
consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for  the  year ended December 
31, 2015.  Ultralife Corporation’s management is responsible for these  consolidated financial statements.  Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).  
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its 
internal control over financial reporting.  Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for 
designing  audit  procedures  that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also 
includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements, 
assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
consolidated financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position 
of Ultralife Corporation as of December 31, 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 
31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

/s/ Bonadio & Co., LLP 
Pittsford, New York 
March 2, 2016 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ULTRALIFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

ASSETS 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

Current Assets: 

    Cash  

    Restricted Cash 

    Trade Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowance for Doubtful Accounts of $277 and $300, Respectively 

    Inventories, Net 

    Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets 

    Due from Insurance Company 

    Deferred Income Taxes 

          Total Current Assets 

Property, Equipment and Improvements, Net 

Goodwill 

Other Intangible Assets, Net 

Security Deposits and Other Non-Current Assets 

          Total Assets 

Current Liabilities: 

    Accounts Payable 

    Accrued Compensation and Related Benefits 

    Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities 

    Income Taxes Payable 

           Total Current Liabilities 

Deferred Income Taxes 

Other Non-Current Liabilities 

           Total Liabilities 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 7) 

Shareholders' Equity: 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 

$10,629 

77 

13,179 

23,456 

2,079 

0 

94 

49,514 

7,999 

19,965 

7,194 

72 

$84,744 

$7,292 

1,258 

2,606 

172 

11,328 

5,538 

18 

16,884 

$14,393 

140 

11,430 

23,814 

1,900 

177 

92 

51,946 

9,038 

16,283 

3,946 

309 

$81,522 

$6,494 

2,377 

1,749 

227 

10,847 

4,631 

28 

15,506 

    Preferred Stock – Par Value $.10 Per Share; Authorized 1,000,000 Shares; None Issued 

- 

- 

    Common Stock – Par Value $.10 Per Share; Authorized 40,000,000 Shares;  

        Issued – 19,324,723 Shares and 19,181,815 Shares, Respectively; 

        Outstanding – 15,308,971 Shares and 15,322,155 Shares, Respectively 

    Capital in Excess of Par Value 

    Accumulated Deficit 

    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

    Treasury Stock - at Cost; 4,015,752 Shares and 3,859,660 Shares at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively 

          Total Ultralife Corporation Equity 

    Non-Controlling Interest 

          Total Shareholders’ Equity 

1,932 

178,163 

(90,542) 

(3,080) 

(18,443) 

68,030 

(170) 

67,860 

1,918 

177,007 

(94,051) 

(907) 

(17,808) 

66,159 

(143) 

66,016 

          Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity 

$84,744 

$81,522 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ULTRALIFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts) 

Year Ended December 31, 

Revenues 
Cost of Products Sold 
     Gross Profit 

Operating Expenses: 
  Research and Development 
  Selling, General and Administrative 
  Intangible Asset Impairment 
     Total Operating Expenses 

Operating Income 

Other (Expense) Income: 
  Interest Income 
  Interest and Financing Expense 
   Miscellaneous 
Income Before Income Taxes 
Income Tax Provision 

Net income 

Net Loss Attributable to Non-Controlling Interest 

Net Income Attributable to Ultralife Corporation 

Other Comprehensive Loss: 
     Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments 

Comprehensive Income Attributable to Ultralife Corporation 

Net Income Per Share Attributable to Ultralife Corporation Common 

Shareholders – Basic: 

Net Income Per Share Attributable to Ultralife Corporation Common 

Shareholders – Diluted: 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding – Basic 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding – Diluted 

2016 

$82,460 
57,352 
25,108 

5,946 
15,399 
0 
21,345 

3,763 

0 
(263) 
80 
3,580 
98 

3,482 

27 

3,509 

(2,173) 

$1,336 

$.23 

$.23 

15,261 

15,405 

2015 

$76,427 
53,111 
23,316 

5,603 
14,233 
150 
19,986 

3,330 

3 
(248) 
65 
3,150 
310 

2,840 

29 

2,869 

(440) 

$2,429 

$.18 

$.17 

16,182 
16,458 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ULTRALIFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

Common Stock 

Number of 
Shares 

Amount 

Capital 
in Excess 
of Par 
Value 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

Accumulated 
Deficit 

Treasury 
Stock 

Non- 
Controlling 
Interest 

Total 

18,941,544 

$1,894 

$175,940 

$(467) 

$(96,920) 

$(8,420) 

$(114) 

$71,913 

102,334 
137,937 

10 
14 

(28) 
524 

489 
82 

(9,388) 

(440) 

2,869 

(29) 

(9,388) 
(18) 
538 

489 
82 

(440) 
2,840 

19,181,815 

$1,918 

$177,007 

$(907) 

$(94,051) 

$(17,808) 

$(143) 

$66,016 

15,900 
127,008 

2 
12 

(2) 
448 

676 
34 

(635) 

(2,173) 

3,509 

(27) 

(635) 
- 
460 

676 
34 

(2,173) 
 3,482 

19,324,723 

$1,932 

$178,163 

$(3,080) 

$(90,542) 

$(18,443) 

$(170) 

$67,860 

Balance –  
  December 31, 2014 

Purchases of Stock 
Vesting of Restricted Shares 
Stock Option Exercises 
Stock-Based Compensation - 
  Stock Options 
  Restricted Stock 
Foreign Currency Translation 

Adjustments 

Net Income 

Balance – 
  December 31, 2015 

Purchases of Stock 
Vesting of Restricted Shares 
Stock Option Exercises 
Stock-Based Compensation - 
  Stock Options 
  Restricted Stock 
Foreign Currency Translation 

Adjustments 

Net Income 

Balance – 
  December 31, 2016 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ULTRALIFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In Thousands) 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
  Net Income  
  Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities: 
        Depreciation 
        Amortization of Intangible Assets 
        Amortization of Financing Fees 
        Intangible asset impairment 
        Stock-Based Compensation  
        Loss on Long-Lived Asset Disposals 
        Deferred Income Tax Expense 
        Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts 
        Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
           Accounts Receivable 
           Inventories 
           Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets 
           Income taxes receivable and payable 
           Accounts Payable and Other Liabilities 
  Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
  Acquisition of Accutronics, Net of Cash Acquired 
  Cash Paid for Property, Equipment and Improvements 
  Change in Restricted Cash 
  Net Cash Used in Investing Activities 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 
  Cash Paid to Repurchase Treasury Stock 
  Proceeds from Debt Borrowings 
  Payments of Debt Borrowings 
  Proceeds from Exercise of Stock Options 
  Tax Withholdings on Stock-Based Awards 
  Net Cash Used in Financing Activities 

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash  

DECREASE IN CASH  

Cash, Beginning of Year  
Cash, End of Year 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information: 
    Construction in Process in Accounts Payable 
    Income Taxes Paid 
    Interest Paid 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

42 

Years ended December 31, 
2016 

2015 

$3,482 

$2,840 

2,223 
503 
71 
- 
710 
29 
135 
(24) 

(667) 
1,981 
730 
(158) 
(1,362) 
7,653 

(9,857) 
(1,219) 
65 
(11,011) 

(607) 
3,030 
(3,030) 
460 
(28) 
(175) 

(231) 

(3,764) 

14,393 
$10,629 

$83 
273 
179 

2,401 
235 
71 
150 
571 
114 
183 
(22) 

(217) 
2,101 
(757) 
158 
723 
8,551 

- 
(2,910) 
- 
(2,910) 

(9,388) 
- 
- 
538 
(18) 
(8,868) 

(91) 

(3,318) 

17,711 
$14,393 

$ - 
52 
150 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ULTRALIFE CORPORATION 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts) 

Note 1 - Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies  

a.  Description of Business  

As  used  in  this  annual  report,  unless  otherwise  indicated,  the  terms  “we”,  “our”  and  “us”  refer  to  Ultralife 
Corporation  (“Ultralife”)  and  includes  our  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  ABLE  New  Energy  Co.,  Limited  and  its  wholly-
owned  subsidiary  ABLE  New  Energy  Co.;  Ltd;  Ultralife  UK  LTD  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Accutronics  Ltd; 
Ultralife Batteries (UK) Ltd.; and our majority-owned joint venture Ultralife Batteries India Private Limited. 

We  offer  products  and  services  ranging  from  power  solutions  to  communications  and  electronics  systems.  
Through our engineering and collaborative approach to problem solving, we serve government, defense and commercial 
customers across the globe.  We design, manufacture, install and maintain power and communications systems including: 
rechargeable and non-rechargeable batteries, charging systems, communications and electronics systems and accessories, 
and custom engineered systems.  We sell our products worldwide through a variety of trade channels, including original 
equipment  manufacturers  (“OEMs”),  industrial  and  defense  supply  distributors,  and  directly  to  U.S.  and  international 
defense departments. 

b. 

Principles of Consolidation  

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in 
the  United  States  (“GAAP”)  and  include  the  accounts  of  Ultralife  Corporation,  our  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  Ultralife 
Batteries (UK) Ltd., Ultralife UK LTD, and its wholly-owned subsidiary Accutronics Ltd, ABLE New Energy Co., Limited, 
and its wholly-owned subsidiary ABLE New Energy Co., Ltd. (“ABLE” collectively), and our majority-owned subsidiary 
Ultralife  Batteries  India  Private  Limited  (“India  JV”).    Intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in 
consolidation.   

c. 

Management's Use of Judgment and Estimates  

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at year 
end  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.      Key  areas  affected  by  estimates 
include:  (a)  carrying  value  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets;  (b)  reserves  for  deferred  tax  assets,  excess  and  obsolete 
inventory, warranties, and bad debts; (c) valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations; (d) 
various expense accruals; and (e) stock-based compensation. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.  

d. 

Reclassifications 

Certain items previously reported in specific financial statement captions are reclassified to conform to the current 

presentation.  There were no material reclassifications for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

e. 

Cash  

these accounts and believe we are not exposed to any significant risk with respect to cash. 

Our cash balances may at times exceed federally insured limits.  We have not experienced any losses in 

f. 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

  We extend credit to our customers in the normal course of business. We perform ongoing credit evaluations and 
generally do not require collateral.  Trade accounts receivable are recorded at their invoiced amounts, net of allowance for 
doubtful accounts.  We evaluate  the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts quarterly.   Accounts outstanding 
longer  than  contractual  payment  terms  are  considered  past  due  and  are  reviewed  individually  for  collectability.    We 
maintain  reserves  for  potential  credit  losses  based  upon  our  loss  history  and  specific  receivables  aging  analysis. 
Receivable balances are written off when collection is deemed unlikely.  Allowance for doubtful accounts was $277 and 
$300 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
g. 

Inventories  

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined under the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  
We  record  provisions  for  excess,  obsolete  or  slow-moving  inventory  based  on  changes  in  customer  demand,  technology 
developments or other economic factors. 

h. 

Property, Plant and Equipment  

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.   Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-

line method over the estimated useful lives.  Estimated useful lives are as follows (in years): 

Buildings 
Machinery and Equipment   
Furniture and Fixtures 
Computer Hardware and Software 
Leasehold Improvements 

10 – 20 
5 – 10 
3 – 10 
3 – 5 
Lesser of useful life or lease term 

Betterments, renewals and extraordinary repairs that extend the life of the assets are capitalized.  Other repairs and 
maintenance costs are expensed when incurred.  When disposed, the cost and accumulated depreciation applicable to assets 
retired are removed from the accounts and the gain or loss on disposition is recognized in operating income. 

i. 

Long-Lived Assets, Goodwill and Intangibles 

 We  assess  all  of  our  long-lived  assets  for  impairment  when  events  or  circumstances  indicate  that  their  carrying 
amounts may not be recoverable.  For property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangible assets, this is accomplished 
by comparing the expected undiscounted future cash flows of the assets with the respective carrying amount as of the date of 
assessment.  Should aggregate future cash flows be less than the carrying value, a write-down would be required, measured 
as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the asset. Fair value is estimated as the present value of 
expected discounted future cash flows.  The discount rate used by us in our evaluation is an industry-based weighted average 
cost  of  capital.    If  the  expected  undiscounted  future  cash  flows  exceed  the  respective  carrying  amount  as  of  the  date  of 
assessment,  no  impairment  is  recognized.    We  did  not  record  any  impairments  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  or 
amortizable intangible assets in the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015. 

We  do  not  amortize  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives,  but  instead  measure  these  assets  for 
impairment as of December 31, and on an interim basis when events or circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. 
We  amortize  intangible  assets  that  have  definite  lives  so  that  the  economic  benefits  of  the  intangible  assets  are  being 
recognized as expense over their weighted-average estimated useful lives.   

The  impairment  analysis  of  goodwill  consists  first  of  a  review  of  various  qualitative  factors  of  the  identified 
reporting units to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying 
amount, including goodwill. This review includes, but is not limited to, an evaluation of the macroeconomic, industry or 
market, and cost factors relevant to the reporting unit as well as financial performance and entity or reporting unit events 
that may affect the value of the reporting unit. If this review leads to the determination that it is more likely than not that 
the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, further impairment testing is not required. However, 
if this review cannot support such a conclusion or we determine to do so at our discretion, we will perform quantitative 
impairment  steps.  Similarly,  the  analysis  for  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  consists  of  review  of  various  qualitative 
factors  to  determine  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  is  not  impaired.    If  such  a 
conclusion cannot be supported or at our discretion, we will perform quantitative impairment steps.  

The quantitative impairment test for goodwill consists of a comparison of the fair value of the reporting unit with 
the carrying amount of the reporting unit to which it is assigned.  If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying 
amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired.  If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its 
fair value, a second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any.  
The impairment test for intangible assets with indefinite lives consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible 
assets with their carrying amounts. If the carrying value of the intangible assets exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss 
is  recognized  in  an  amount  equal  to  that  excess.   We  determine  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  for  goodwill 
impairment testing based on a discounted cash flow  model.  We determine  the  fair value  of our intangibles assets  with 
indefinite lives (trademarks) through the relief from royalty valuation approach. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No impairments of long-lived  intangible assets  were recorded in  the  year ended December 31, 2016.  While our 
testing indicated that the McDowell Research Corporation trademark is not impaired in 2016, it passed by a relatively narrow 
margin  and  is  most  susceptible  to  variances  in  sales  from  current  projections.  Due  to  time  delays  in  the  awarding  by 
government/defense  customers  in  recent  years  of  certain  large  projects  in  our  Communications  Systems  segment,  we 
recorded  a  partial  impairment  of  our  McDowell  Research,  Ltd.  trademark  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015.    This 
impairment amounted to $150.   

Future amortization expense of amortizable intangible assets will be approximately $405, $373, $352, $340 and 

$321 for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2017 through 2021, respectively.   

j. 

Translation of Foreign Currency  

The  financial  statements  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries  are  translated  from  the  functional  currency  into  U.S.  dollar 
equivalents,  with translation adjustments recorded as  the sole component of accumulated other comprehensive loss on the 
balance sheets.  Exchange gains and (losses) relate to foreign currency transactions and balances denominated in currencies 
other than the functional currency included in net income for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $86 and 
$48, respectively.  

k. 

Revenue Recognition  

Product Sales – In general, revenues from the sale of products are recognized when products are shipped. When 
products  are  shipped  with  terms  that  require  transfer  of  title  upon  delivery  at  a  customer’s  location,  revenues  are 
recognized on the date of delivery.  We will make a provision  at the time the revenue is recognized for warranty costs 
expected to be incurred. Customers, including distributors, do not have a general right of return on products shipped.   

Deferred Revenue – For each source of revenues, we defer recognition if:  (i) evidence of an agreement does not 
exist,( ii) delivery or service has not occurred, (iii) the selling price is not fixed or determinable, or (iv) collectability is 
not reasonably assured. 

l. 

Warranty Reserves 

 We  estimate  future  costs  associated  with  expected  product  failure  rates,  material  usage  and  service  costs  in  the 
development  of  our  warranty  obligations.    Warranty  reserves,  included  in  other  current  liabilities  and  other  long-term 
liabilities as applicable on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, are based on historical experience of warranty claims.  In the 
event the actual results of these items differ from the estimates, an adjustment to the warranty obligation would be recorded. 

m. 

Shipping and Handling Costs  

Costs incurred by us related to shipping and handling are included in cost of products sold.  Amounts charged to 

customers pertaining to these costs are reflected as revenue. 

n. 

Advertising Expenses 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the 
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.  Such expenses amounted to $32 and $59 
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.   

o. 

Research and Development  

Research  and  development  expenditures  are  charged  to  operations  as  incurred.    The  majority  of  research  and 
development expenses pertain to salaries and benefits, developmental supplies, depreciation and other contracted services.  
During  2016  and  2015,  we  expended  $6,155  and  $6,112,  respectively,  on  research  and  development,  including  $209  and 
$509, respectively, on customer sponsored research and development activities, which are included in cost of goods sold. We 
recognized $209 and $509 of revenue relating to these activities during 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
p. 

Environmental Costs  

Environmental  expenditures  that  relate  to  current  operations  are  expensed.  Remediation  costs  that  relate  to  an 
existing  condition  caused  by  past  operations  are  accrued  when  it  is  probable  that  these  costs  will  be  incurred  and  can  be 
reasonably estimated. 

q. 

Income Taxes 

We  account  for  income  taxes  using  the  asset  and  liability  method.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and 
liabilities  are  determined  based  on  differences  between  financial  reporting  and  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  are 
measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.   

A valuation allowance is required when it is more likely than not that the recorded value of a deferred tax asset will 
not be realized.   As of December 31, 2016, we continued to recognize a valuation allowance in the U.S. and certain U.K. 
operations on our net deferred tax assets to the extent that temporary tax differences and the U.S. and U.K. net operating 
loss and tax credit carry-forwards resulting in the deferred tax asset are not able to be offset by future reversing temporary 
differences. The assessment of the realizability of the U.S. NOL was based on a number of historical factors including, our 
history  of  net  operating  losses,  the  volatility  of  our  earnings,  our  historical  operating  volatility,  our  historical  inability  to 
accurately forecast earnings for future periods and the continued uncertainty of the general business climate as of the end of 
2016.   We concluded that these historical factors represent sufficient negative evidence and have concluded that we should 
record a full valuation allowance against these net deferred tax assets.  We also recorded a full valuation allowance on our 
net deferred tax asset for the year ended December 31, 2015.   

r. 

Concentration Related to Customers and Suppliers 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we had two major customers, both large defense primary contractors, 
which  together  comprised  25%  of  our  revenues.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  one  of  those  customers 
comprised 23% of our sales. There were no other customers that comprised greater than 10% of our total revenues during 
these years.   

Currently, we do not experience significant seasonal trends in our revenues.  Since a significant portion of our 
revenues  are  based  on  purchases  from  U.S.  and  allied  country  defense  departments,  the  timing  of  our  sales  could  be 
impacted by delays in the government budget process and the decisions to deploy resources to support military purchases 
of our products. 

 We  generally  do  not  distribute  our  products  to  a  concentrated  geographical  area  nor  is  there  a  significant 
concentration  of  credit  risks  arising  from  individuals  or  groups  of  customers  engaged  in  similar  activities,  or  who  have 
similar economic characteristics. While direct and indirect  sales to  the U.S.  Department of Defense  have been substantial 
during 2016 and 2015, we do not consider this customer to be a significant credit risk.   We do not normally obtain collateral 
on trade accounts receivable. 

Certain  materials  and  components  used  in  our  products  are  available  only  from  a  single  or  a  limited  number  of 
suppliers.  As  such,  some  materials  and  components  could  become  in  short  supply  resulting  in  limited  availability  and/or 
increased  costs.  Additionally,  we  may  elect  to  develop  relationships  with  a  single  or  limited  number  of  suppliers  for 
materials and components that are otherwise generally available.  Although we believe that alternative suppliers are available 
to supply materials and components that could replace materials and components currently used and that, if necessary, we 
would be able to redesign our products to make use of such alternatives, any interruption in the supply from any supplier that 
serves as a sole source could delay product shipments and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations.  We have experienced interruptions of product deliveries by sole source suppliers in the past. 

s. 

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures  

Fair  value  is  defined  as  the  price  that  would  be  received  for  an  asset  or  the  exit  price  that  would  be  paid  to 
transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants on 
the  measurement date. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to 
measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is 
available and significant to the fair value measurement: 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Level 1: 

Level 2: 

Level 3: 

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.  

Observable  inputs,  other  than  Level  1  prices,  such  as  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or  liabilities; 
quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or that we corroborate 
with observable market data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities.   

Unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity that are significant to the fair value of 
the assets or liabilities. 

The fair value of financial instruments approximated their carrying values at December 31, 2016 and 2015.  The 
fair value of cash, trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximates carrying value 
due to the short-term nature of these instruments.   

t. 

Earnings Per Share  

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income or loss attributable to Ultralife Corporation by the 
weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period.  Diluted earnings per share calculations reflect 
the assumed exercise and conversion of dilutive employee stock options and unvested restricted stock, if any, applying the 
treasury stock method. Diluted earnings per share in 2016 include 1,238,804 outstanding in-the-money stock options that 
add 135,458 shares to the number of shares outstanding, and include 15,900 restricted stock units that add 9,538 shares 
outstanding.  Diluted  earnings  per  share  in  2015  include  1,312,282  outstanding  in-the-money  stock  options  that  add 
260,318 shares to the number of shares outstanding, and include  32,800 restricted stock units  which add 15,385 shares 
outstanding.  

Diluted  earnings  per  share  calculations  exclude  the  effect  of  approximately  1,332,281  and  945,687  employee 
stock options in 2016 and 2015, respectively, as such options have an exercise price in excess of the  weighted average 
market price of the Company’s common stock. 

u. 

Stock-Based Compensation  

We  have  various  stock-based  employee  compensation  plans  that  are  described  more  fully  in  Note  8.      The 
compensation cost relating to  share-based payment  transactions  is  measured at the  grant date, based on the  estimated fair 
value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of 
the equity award). 

v. 

Segment Reporting 

We  have  two  operating  segments  –  Battery  &  Energy  Products,  and  Communications  Systems.    The  basis  for 
determining  our  operating  segments  is  the  manner  in  which  financial  information  is  used  in  monitoring  our  operations.  
Management  operates  and  organizes  itself  according  to  business  units  that  comprise  unique  products  and  services  across 
geographic locations. 

w. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

 In  May  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No. 
2014-09 (Topic 606) “Revenue from Contracts with Customer” related to revenue from contracts with customers. Under 
this  standard,  revenue  is  recognized  when  promised  goods  or  services  are  transferred  to  customers  in  an  amount  that 
reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. The updated standard will replace 
most  existing  revenue  recognition  guidance  under  GAAP  and  permits  the  use  of  either  the  retrospective  or  cumulative 
effect transition method. Topic 606 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including 
interim periods within that reporting period. We do not expect the adoption of Topic 606 to have a material impact on our 
Consolidated Financial Statements. We do not anticipate early adoption of the standard. 

In  July  2015,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2015-11,  "Simplifying  the  Measurement  of 
Inventory," which simplifies the subsequent measurement of inventory by using only the lower of cost and net  realizable 
value.  This  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  and  interim  periods  within  those  years  beginning  after  December  15, 
2016, and must be applied on a retrospective basis. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact 
on our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

47 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In November 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17, “Income Taxes, Balance Sheet 
Classification of Deferred Taxes”  which requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities  be classified as  noncurrent in a 
classified statement of financial position.  The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 
2016,  and  interim  periods  within  that  reporting  period.    The  guidance  under  this  new  standard  may  be  applied  either 
prospectively or retrospectively to all periods presented.  We will apply the standard retrospectively beginning in the first 
quarter 2017. 

In February 2016, the  FASB issued  Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, “Leases” requires that lessees 
recognize a right-to-use asset and related lease liability for all significant financing and operating leases not considered 
short-term leases, and specifies where in the statement of cash flows the related lease payments are to be presented.  The 
guidance is effective for years beginning after December 15, 2018 and early adoption is permitted.  The Company has not 
yet  determined  the  impact  of  this  new  standard  on  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  but  believes  it  may  be 
significant.  We have not yet determined whether we will adopt the standard in advance of its required effective date. 

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2016-09,  “Compensation  –  Stock 
Compensation  (Topic  718)”  Improvements  to  Employee  Share-Based  Payment  Accounting”  which  involves  several 
aspects  of  accounting  for  share-based  payment  transactions,  including  income  tax  consequences,  forfeitures  and 
classification on the statement of cash flows.  The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 
2016, and interim periods within those periods.  We will adopt this standard effective January 1, 2017.  We do not expect 
this standard to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

In  October  2016,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2016-16,  “Income  Taxes  (Topic  740), 
Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory”. The new guidance requires that entities recognize the income tax 
consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs, rather than when the 
asset  is  sold  to  an  outside  party.  The  guidance  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15, 
2017,  including  interim  periods  within  those  annual  reporting  periods.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  The  new  guidance 
requires adoption on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as 
of the beginning of the period of adoption. The company will adopt effective January 1, 2018 and is currently evaluating 
the impact this guidance will have on our Consolidated Financial Statements.   

In August 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 
230), Classification of Certain Cash  Receipts and Cash Payments”. The new  guidance  makes eight targeted changes to 
how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The guidance is effective 
for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2017,  and  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  Early  adoption  is 
permitted,  including  adoption  in  an  interim  period.  If  an  entity  early  adopts  the  amendments  in  an  interim  period,  any 
adjustments  should  be  reflected  as  of  the  beginning  of  the  fiscal  year  that  includes  that  interim  period.  An  entity  that 
elects  early  adoption  must  adopt  all  of  the  amendments  in  the  same  period.  The  new  guidance  requires  adoption  on  a 
retrospective  basis  unless  it  is  impracticable  to  apply,  in  which  case  the  company  would  be  required  to  apply  the 
amendments prospectively as of the earliest date  practicable. The company  will adopt January 1, 2018 and  is currently 
evaluating the impact this guidance will have on our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Note 2 – Acquisition 

On January 13, 2016, Ultralife UK Limited (the “Merger Subsidiary”), a U.K. corporation and a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of Ultralife Corporation (the “Company”), completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding ordinary shares 
of Accutronics Limited (“Accutronics”), a U.K. corporation based in Newcastle-under-Lyme, U.K., from Intrinsic Equity 
Limited, Catapult Growth Fund Limited Partnership, MJF Pension Trustees Limited, Robert Andrew Phillips and Michael 
Allen (collectively, the “Sellers”).  There are no material relationships between the Company or Merger Subsidiary and 
any of the Sellers, other than pertaining to this acquisition.  Accutronics is a leading independent designer and 
manufacturer of smart batteries and charger systems for high-performance, feature-laden portable and handheld electronic 
devices and is classified in the Battery & Energy Products segment.  The acquisition of Accutronics advances our strategy 
of commercial revenue diversification and expands our geographic reach within European OEM’s.  With industry experts 
predicting mid-to-high single digit growth in the global medical batteries market, this strategic investment positions 
Ultralife well for further penetration of and growing revenue streams from an attractive commercial market. 

The acquisition was completed pursuant to the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement dated January 13, 2016 

by and among the Merger Subsidiary and the Sellers.  The Merger Subsidiary paid at the time of closing an aggregate 
purchase price of £7,575 ($10,976) in cash, and in exchange the Merger Subsidiary received all of the outstanding shares 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of Accutronics ordinary stock.  Monies to fund the purchase price were advanced to the Merger Subsidiary from the 
Company’s general corporate funds. 

The purchase price was subject to adjustment based on the difference between actual and estimated amounts of 

working capital of Accutronics as well as the amount of net cash of Accutronics.  The adjustment resulted in a final 
payment to the Sellers in the amount of £133 on February 24, 2016, bringing the total aggregate purchase price to £7,708 
($11,161). 

The purchase price allocation was determined in accordance with the accounting treatment of a business 

combination in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations.  Under the 
guidance, the fair value of the consideration was determined and the assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been 
recorded at their fair values at the date of the acquisition.  The excess of the consideration paid over the estimated fair 
values has been recorded as goodwill. 

The allocation of purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition is 

presented in the table below (in thousands).  Management is responsible for determining the fair value of the tangible and 
intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition.  Management considered a number of 
factors, including reference to an analysis performed under FASB ASC Topic 805 solely for the purpose of allocating the 
purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.  The Company’s estimates are based upon assumptions 
believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable.  These valuations require the use of 
management’s assumptions, which would not reflect unanticipated events and circumstances that occur.  The originally 
reported purchase price allocation has been updated based on information obtained about facts and circumstances that 
existed as of the acquisition date.  As a result, adjustments were made which reduced identifiable intangible assets and 
property, plant and equipment by $402 and $99, respectively, and increased prepaids and other current assets, inventory, 
deferred income taxes on intangible assets and goodwill by $291, $75, $113 and $104, respectively. 

$1,304 
Cash 
  1,344 
Accounts Receivable 
  2,167 
Inventory 
    584 
Prepaids and Other Current Assets   
     269 
Property, Plant & Equipment 
  4,374 
Identifiable Intangible Assets 
  4,487 
Goodwill  
              (1,009) 
Accounts Payable  
(1,136) 
Accrued Expenses 
   (111) 
Income Taxes Payable  
   (209) 
Non-Current Liabilities 
Deferred Income Taxes 
     (74) 
Deferred Income Taxes on Intangible Assets                  (829) 

Total Consideration 

            $11,161 

The  goodwill  included  in  the  Company’s  purchase  price  allocation  presented  above  represents  the  value  of 
Accutronics assembled and trained workforce, the incremental value that Accutronics engineering and technology will bring 
to the Company and the revenue growth expected to occur over time attributable to increased market penetration from future 
new  products  and  customers.    The  goodwill  acquired  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  is  not  deductible  for  income  tax 
purposes. 

The identifiable intangible assets included in the Company’s purchase price allocation represent customer contracts 
and relationships of $2,821, intellectual property of $1,132 and trade name of $421 that are amortized straight-line over a 
period ranging from 10 to 15 years.   

During the year ended December 31, 2016, direct acquisition costs of $251 and increased cost of sales related to 
purchase accounting adjustments of $96 for inventory acquired were recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of 
Income and Comprehensive Income.  Accutronics contributed revenue of $10,362 and operating income of $436 during  
the  twelve-month  period  ended  December,  2016,  reflecting  the  purchase  accounting  adjustments  and  non-recurring  costs 
directly related to the acquisition.  

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Set forth below is the unaudited pro forma results of the Company and Accutronics for the twelve-month period 
ended December 31, 2015 as if the acquisition occurred as of January 1, 2015 along with the reported results for the twelve-
month period ended December 31, 2016 which includes the consolidation of Accutronics.  The results of Accutronics were 
not material for the period from January 1, 2016 to the acquisition date.  The unaudited pro forma results include purchase 
accounting adjustments to reflect the restatement of inventory to estimated  fair  value and the resulting increase in cost of 
sales for the sale of the inventory during this twelve-month period, direct acquisition costs and the amortization of intangible 
assets resulting from the purchase price allocation. 

Revenue 
Operating Income 
Net Income Attributable to Ultralife Corporation 
Earnings Per Share: 

Basic 
Diluted   

Twelve-Months Ended 

Dec. 31, 2015 

Dec. 31, 2016 

     $89,534 
       $3,858 
       $3,258 

      $82,460 
        $3,763   
        $3,509 

           $.20 
           $.20 

                          $.23 
           $.23 

The unaudited pro forma results do not reflect the realization of any expected cost savings or other synergies from 
the acquisition of Accutronics as a result of restructuring activities, other cost savings initiatives or sales synergies following 
the completion of the business combination.  Accordingly, these unaudited pro forma results are presented for informational 
purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations of the combined Company would 
have been if  the acquisition  had occurred at  the beginning  of the 2015 period presented,  nor are they indicative of  future 
results of operations. 

Note 3 – Share Repurchase Program 

On  April  28,  2014,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  share  repurchase  program  (the  “Share 
Repurchase  Program”)  which  became  effective  on  May  1,  2014  and  under  which  the  Company  was  authorized  to 
repurchase  up  to  1.8  million  shares  of  its  outstanding  common  stock  over  a  period  not  to  exceed  twelve  months.  The 
Share  Repurchase  Program  was  extended  through  June  2,  2016,  and  the  maximum  number  of  shares  authorized  to  be 
repurchased under the program was increased to 3.4 million shares. 

Share  repurchases  under  this  program  were  made  in  accordance  with  SEC  Rule  10b-18  using  a  variety  of 
methods, which included open market purchases and block trades in compliance with applicable insider trading and other 
securities  laws  and  regulations.  With  the  exception  of  repurchases  made  during  stock  trading  black-out  periods  under 
10b5-1 Plans,  the  timing,  manner,  price  and  amount  of  any  repurchases  were  determined  at  the  Company’s  discretion. 
The  Share  Repurchase  Program  expired  on  June  2,  2016  and  did  not  obligate  the  Company  to  repurchase  any  specific 
number of shares. 

In 2016, we repurchased a total of 156,092 shares of our common stock for an aggregate consideration of $630, 
of which 149,904 shares were repurchased under the Share Repurchase Program for an aggregate amount (excluding fees 
and commissions) of $603.  In 2015, we repurchased a total  of 2,258,929 shares of our common stock for an aggregate 
consideration  of  $9,388,  of  which  2,225,437  shares  were  repurchased  under  the  Share  Repurchase  Program  for  an 
aggregate amount (excluding fees and commissions) of $9,162.  

From the inception of the Share Repurchase Program on May 1, 2014 through its expiration on June 2, 2016, the 

Company repurchased 2,592,095 shares for an aggregate cost (excluding fees and commissions) of $10,480.   

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 4 - Supplemental Balance Sheet Information 

a.  

Inventory, Net  

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined under the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  

The composition of inventories, net was:  

Raw Materials 
Work in Process 
Finished Products 
     Total 

December 31, 

2016 
$14,482 
986 
7,988 
$23,456 

2015 
$11,602 
1,560 
10,652 
$23,814 

The December 31, 2016 inventories include $1,443 for Accutronics, which was acquired on January 13, 2016. 

b.  

Property, Plant and Equipment   

Major classes of property, plant and equipment consisted of the following: 

Land 
Buildings and Leasehold Improvements 
Machinery and Equipment 
Furniture and Fixtures 
Computer Hardware and Software 
Construction in Progress 

Less – Accumulated Depreciation 
     Total 

December 31, 

2016 
$123 
7,757 
49,722 
1,947 
5,223 
421 
65,193 
(57,194) 
$7,999 

2015 
$123 
7,490 
49,609 
1,974 
4,585 
745 
64,526 
(55,488) 
$9,038 

Estimated costs to complete construction-in-progress as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were approximately $170 

and $180, respectively. 

Depreciation expense was $2,223 and $2,401 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

c. 

Impairment of Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets 

We  elected  to  forego  the  qualitative  assessment  for  our  four  identified  reporting  units  and  conducted  a 
quantitative assessment. The fair value for our reporting units subjected to this quantitative test could not be determined 
using readily available quoted Level 1 inputs or  Level 2 inputs  that  were  observable in active  markets.  Therefore,  we 
used an income approach to estimate the fair value of the reporting units, using Level 3 inputs.  To estimate the fair value 
of  the  reporting  units,  we  used  significant  estimates  and  judgments,  including  an  assessment  of  our  future  revenue 
prospects, particularly government/defense opportunities, as well as our estimates of the probabilities of the opportunities 
being funded, awarded, and awarded to us.  Other key estimates and factors used in the valuation model included revenue 
growth rates and profit margins based on internal forecasts, as well as industry and market based terminal growth rates, 
inputs to the weighted-average cost of capital used to discount future cash flows, and earnings multiples.   As a result of 
the goodwill impairment tests performed during 2016 and 2015, we determined that an impairment was not required.   

Similarly, for our four other indefinite-lived intangible assets (trademarks), we elected to forego the qualitative 
assessment  and  proceeded  to perform  quantitative  assessments.  The  fair  value  for  our  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets 
subjected to this quantitative test could not be determined using readily available quoted Level 1 inputs or Level 2 inputs 
that were observable in active markets.  Therefore, we used a  relief from royalty approach, to estimate the fair value of 
the indefinite-lived intangible assets, using Level 3 inputs.  This method also required us to use significant estimates and 
judgmental factors.  The key estimates and factors used in the valuation model included revenue growth rates, as well as 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
industry and  market based terminal growth rates,  inputs to the  weighted-average  cost of capital used to discount future 
cash flows, and determined royalty rates from market data.  As a result of the impairment tests performed during 2016, we 
determined that no impairments were required.  As a result of the impairment tests performed during 2015, we determined 
that  an  impairment  amounting  to  $150  was  required  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  one  Communications  Systems 
business trademark to its estimated fair value.   

There is a possibility that our goodwill and other intangible assets, particularly in our Communications Systems 
business, could be impaired should there be a significant change in our internal forecasts and other assumptions we use in 
our impairment analysis.   

d. 

Goodwill   

The  following  table  summarizes  the  goodwill  activity  by  segment  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2016  and 

2015:  

Balance – January 1, 2015 
Effect of Foreign Currency Translation 
Balance – December 31, 2015 
Acquisition of Accutronics 
Effect of Foreign Currency Translation 
Balance – December 31, 2016 

e.  

Other Intangible Assets 

The composition of intangible assets was:  

Trademarks 
Customer Relationships 
Patents and Technology 
Distributor Relationships 
Trade Name 
     Total Other Intangible Assets 

Trademarks 
Patents and Technology 
Customer Relationships 
Distributor Relationships 
     Total Other Intangible Assets 

Battery & 
Energy 
Products 
$4,914 
(124) 
4,790 
4,487 
(805) 
$8,472 

Communi- 
cations 
Systems 
$11,493 
- 
11,493 
- 
- 
$11,493 

December 31, 2016 
Accumulated 
Amortization 
$ - 
3,975 
4,417 
368 
36 
$8,796 

Cost 
$3,404 
6,395 
5,455 
377 
359 
$15,990 

December 31, 2015 
Accumulated 
Amortization 
$ - 
4,217 
3,716 
355 
$8,288 

Cost 
$3,411 
4,482 
3,971 
370 
$12,234 

Total 
$16,407 
(124) 
16,283 
4,487 
(805) 
$19,965 

Net 
$3,404 
2,420 
1,038 
9 
323 
$7,194 

Net 
$3,411 
265 
255 
15 
$3,946 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of intangible assets was included in the following financial statement captions: 

Research and Development Expense 
Selling, General and Administrative Expense 
     Total 

Year ended December 31, 

2016 
$200 
303 
$503 

2015 
$130 
105 
$235 

Except for the impairment charge recorded against a Communications Systems trademark in 2015, the change in 

the cost value of total intangible assets is a result of the acquisition of Accutronics on January 13, 2016 and the effect of 
foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. 

Note 5 - Operating Leases  

 We lease various buildings, machinery, land, automobiles and office equipment.  Rental expenses for all operating 
leases were approximately $668 and $672 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Future minimum 
lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2016 are as follows:  

2017 
$660 

2018 
$558 

2019 
$416 

2020 
$100 

2021 
$- 

Note 6 - Debt 

Credit Facilities 

We  are  party  to  a  Revolving  Credit,  Guaranty  and  Security  Agreement  (the  “Credit  Agreement”)  and  related 
security agreements  with PNC Bank, National  Association (“PNC”)  that provides us a  $20 million secured asset-based 
revolving  credit  facility  that  includes  a  $1  million  letter  of  credit  subfacility  (the  “Credit  Facility”).    The  Credit 
Agreement expires on May 24, 2017.  

On  April  30,  2014,  the  Company  and  PNC  entered  into  an  amendment  (the  “Amendment”)  to  the  Credit 
Agreement.  The  Amendment  permits  the  Company  to  commence  the  Share  Repurchase  Program  described  in  Note  3, 
provided  that  (a)  the  Company  is  not  in  default  under  the  Credit  Agreement,  (b)  the  Company’s  undrawn  availability 
under  the  Credit  Agreement  is  at  least  $6  million  both  prior  to  and  immediately  following  any  repurchase,  (c)  the 
Company’s undrawn availability under the Credit Agreement plus domestic unrestricted cash is at least $8 million both 
prior to and immediately following any repurchase, and (d) the Company uses its unrestricted cash for such repurchases 
and does not request advances against the Credit Agreement for such purposes.  On October 28, 2014, the Company and 
PNC entered into a second amendment to the Credit Agreement which modifies the definition of EBITDA in the Credit 
Agreement to include non-cash stock-based compensation expense.   

On  April  29,  2015,  the  Company  and  PNC  entered  into  a  third  amendment  to  the  Credit  agreement  which 
permitted the Company to extend the Share Repurchase Program to April 30, 2016.  On June 15, 2015, the Company and 
PNC  entered  into  a  fourth  amendment  to  the  Credit  Agreement  that  permitted  the  expansion  of  the  Share  Repurchase 
Program described in Note 3 and the extension of this program to June 2, 2016.  Finally, on January 13, 2016, Company 
and  PNC  entered  into  a  fifth  amendment  to  the  Credit  Agreement  which  permitted  the  Company’s  acquisition  of 
Accutronics Ltd. as described in Note 2 above. 

Our available borrowing limit under the Credit Facility fluctuates from time to time based on a borrowing base 
formula  equal  to  the  sum  of  up  to  85%  of  eligible  accounts  receivable  plus  the  least  of  (a)  up  to  65%  of  the  eligible 
inventory and eligible foreign in-transit inventory, (b) up to 85% of the appraised net orderly liquidation value of eligible 
inventory  and  eligible  foreign  in-transit  inventory,  and  (c)  $7.5  million,  in  each  case  subject  to  the  definitions  in  the 
Credit Agreement and reserves required by PNC.   

Interest  is  payable  quarterly  and  will  accrue  on  outstanding  indebtedness  under  the  Credit  Agreement  at  the 
alternate  base  rate,  as  defined  in  the  Credit  Agreement,  plus  the  applicable  margin  or  at  the  one,  two  or  three  month 
LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin as selected by us from time to time and listed below.  

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Quarterly Average Undrawn 
Borrowing Availability 

Greater than $8,000,000 
$5,000,000 up to $8,000,000 
Less than $5,000,000 

Applicable Margin for 
Alternate Base Rate Loans 
1.00% 
1.25% 
1.50% 

Applicable Margin for 
LIBOR Rate Loans 
2.00% 
2.25% 
2.50% 

We  must  pay  a  fee  on  the  Credit  Facility’s  unused  availability  of  0.375%  per  annum  and  customary  letter  of 

credit fees in addition to various collateral monitoring and related fees and expenses. 

In addition to customary affirmative and negative covenants, we must maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio as 
defined in the Credit Agreement of 1.15 to 1.00, tested quarterly for the four-quarters then ended.  As of December 31, 
2016 we were in compliance with all covenants. The Credit Facility is secured by substantially all our assets. 

Any outstanding advances must be repaid upon expiration of the term of the Credit Facility.  Payments must be 
made  during  the  term  to  the  extent  outstanding  advances  exceed  the  maximum  amount  then  permitted  to  be  drawn  as 
advances  under  the  Credit  Facility  and  from  the  proceeds  of  certain  transactions.    Upon  the  occurrence  of  an  event  of 
default, the outstanding obligations may be accelerated and PNC will have other customary remedies. 

As of December 31, 2016, we had no outstanding balance under the Credit Facility, an applicable interest rate of 
4.5%, borrowing capacity of $9,549 in addition to our unrestricted cash on hand of $10,629, and no outstanding letters of 
credit related to the Credit Facility.  

Note 7 - Commitments and Contingencies 

a. 

Indemnity  

Our  organizational  documents  provide  that  our  directors  or  officers  will  be  reimbursed  for  all  expenses,  to  the 

fullest extent permitted by law arising out of their performance.  

b. 

Purchase Commitments  

As of December 31, 2016, we have made commitments to purchase approximately $504 of production machinery 

and equipment.  

c. 

China 

Our  operating  facility  in  China  presents  risks  including,  but  not  limited  to,  changes  in  local  regulatory 
requirements, including changes in labor laws, local wage laws, environmental regulations, taxes and operating licenses, 
compliance with U.S. regulatory requirements, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, uncertainties as to application 
and interpretation of local laws and enforcement of contract and intellectual property rights, eminent domain claims, labor 
disputes, rapid changes in government, economic and political policies, and other various contingencies that are outside of 
our control.  Any such event could depress our earnings and have other material adverse effects on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

d. 

Employment Contracts 

                 We have an employment contract  with Michael  D. Popielec, our President and Chief Executive  Officer,  which 
remains in effect until terminated by either party.  This agreement provides for a base salary, as adjusted for increases at the 
discretion  of  our  Board  of  Directors,  and  includes  incentive  bonuses  based  upon  attainment  of  specified  quantitative  and 
qualitative  performance  goals.   This  agreement  also  provides  for  severance  payments  in  the  event  of  specified  events  of 
termination  of  employment.   In  addition,  this  agreement  provides  for  a  lump  sum  payment  in  the  event  of  termination  of 
employment in connection with a change in control. 

 As part of our employment commencement process, employees are required to enter into agreements providing for 
confidentiality of certain information and the assignment of rights to inventions made by them while employed by us. These 
agreements also contain certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions effective during the employment term and 
for varying periods thereafter depending on position and location. There can be no assurance that we will be able to enforce 
these  agreements.    All  of  our  employees  agree  to  abide  by  the  terms  of  a  Code  of  Ethics  policy  that  provides  for  the 
confidentiality of certain information received during the course of their employment. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
e. 

Product Warranties 

 We  estimate  future  costs  associated  with  expected  product  failure  rates,  material  usage  and  service  costs  in  the 
development  of  our  warranty  obligations.    Warranty  reserves  are  based  on  historical  experience  of  warranty  claims  and 
generally will be estimated as a percentage of sales over the warranty period.  In the event the actual results of these items 
differ  from  the estimates, an adjustment  to the  warranty obligation  would be recorded.   Changes in our product  warranty 
liability during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows: 

Balance, January 1 
Provision (reversal) for warranties issued 
Settlements made 
Balance, December 31 

f. 

Legal Matters –  

2016 
$192 
39 
(59) 
$172 

2015 
$376 
(90) 
(94) 
$192 

 We are subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business.   We believe that the 
final disposition of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash 
flows. 

Dreamliner Litigation 

In July 2013, an unoccupied Boeing 787 Dreamliner aircraft operated by Ethiopian Airlines (“EA”) was damaged by 
a fire  while parked at London Heathrow  Airport.  We participated in and provided technical  assistance in support of an 
investigation  of  this  incident  conducted  by  U.K.  and  U.S.  regulatory  authorities  as  well  as  by  the  manufacturer  of  the 
aircraft,  as  we  are  one  of  many  downstream  suppliers  to  that  manufacturer.   A  final  report  was  issued  by  the  Air 
Accidents  Investigative  Branch  -  -  UK  Civil  Aviation  regulatory  authority,  with  findings  indicating  that  the  fire  was 
primarily  caused  by  circumstances  related  to  the  plane’s  emergency  locator  transmitter  (“ELT”)  manufactured  and 
installed by another company.    

A  component  of  the  ELT  is  a  battery  pack  which  incorporates  Ultralife’s  industry-standard  Lithium  Manganese 
Dioxide  non-rechargeable  D-cell.  Ultralife  has  had  this  cell  in  production  since  2001,  with  millions  of  units  produced. 
The cell is widely-used for global defense and commercial applications. This battery product has gone through rigorous 
safety and qualification testing, including United Nations Transport of Dangerous Goods, Manual of Tests and Criteria, 
and is authorized for use in aerospace applications under Technical Standard Order C142.  

On May 4, 2015, we were notified of a lawsuit in which we were named, along with other suppliers to the aircraft 
manufacturer, concerning that 2013 fire. The suit was filed by EA in the Commercial Court, Queen’s Bench Division of 
the High Court of Justice, London and seeks as damages $42,000 plus other unspecified amounts, including those for loss 
of  use  and  diminution  in  value  of  the  aircraft.  We  maintain  liability  and  products  liability  insurance  through  reputable 
providers, and in accordance with our corporate practices, immediately advised and referred this matter to our insurers. 
We are working with those insurers and their counsel to actively defend against this action, which is ongoing.  

At this time, we believe that there is not a reasonable possibility that this incident will result in a material financial 

exposure to the Company. 

Arista Power Litigation  

Since  September  2011,  we  have  been  pursuing  legal  action  against  Arista  Power,  Inc.  (“Arista”)  and  our  former 
employee, David Modeen, for, among other things, alleged breach of certain agreements, duties and obligations, including 
misappropriation  of  our  confidential  information  and  trade  secrets,  tortious  interference,  and  breach  of  contract.   On 
January  12,  2016,  Arista  filed  for  liquidation  under  Chapter  7  of  the  bankruptcy  laws  of  the  United  States,  without 
accurately identifying our ongoing lawsuit against them.  Although we have not withdrawn our lawsuit, nor has it been 
dismissed, the Company did not submit a Proof of Claim in connection with Arista’s bankruptcy filing, nor does it intend 
to actively pursue its claims against Arista at this time.   

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 8 - Shareholders' Equity   

a. 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense   

We recorded non-cash stock compensation expense in each period as follows: 

Stock Options 
Restricted Stock Grants   
     Total 

These are more fully discussed as follows: 

b. 

Stock Options   

2016 
$676 
34 
$710 

2015 
$489 
82 
$571 

We  have  various  stock-based  employee  compensation  plans,  for  which  compensation  cost  is  recognized  in  the 
financial statements.  The cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as an 
expense over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity award).    

Our shareholders have approved various equity-based plans that permit the grant of stock options, restricted stock 
and other equity-based awards. In addition, our shareholders have approved the grant of stock options outside of these plans.  

In June 2004, our shareholders adopted the 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2004 LTIP”) pursuant to which we 
were  authorized  to  issue  up  to  750,000  shares  of  common  stock  and  grant  stock  options,  restricted  stock  awards,  stock 
appreciation rights and other stock-based awards.  Through shareholder approved amendments to the LTIP in 2006, 2008, 
2011, and 2013, the total number of shares authorized under the LTIP was increased to 2,900,000. 

In June 2014, our shareholders approved the 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2014 LTIP”) as the successor plan 
to the 2004 LTIP that expired on June 10, 2014.  Under the 2014 LTIP, a total of 1,750,000 shares of Common Stock will 
be available for grant of awards.  However, of the total number of shares of common stock available for awards under the 
2014 LTIP, no more than 800,000 shares of Common Stock may be used for awards other than stock options and stock 
appreciation rights.  Grants under the 2014 LTIP may be awarded through June 2, 2024. 

Stock options granted under the LTIPs are either Incentive Stock Options (“ISOs”) or Non-Qualified Stock Options 
(“NQSOs”).    Key  employees  are  eligible  to  receive  ISOs  and  NQSOs;  however,  directors  and  consultants  are  eligible  to 
receive only NQSOs. Most ISOs vest over a three- year period and expire on the seventh anniversary of the grant date.  All 
NQSOs issued to non-employee directors vest immediately and expire on the seventh anniversary of the grant date.  As of 
December  31,  2016,  there  were  1,243,697  stock  options  outstanding  under  the  2004  LTIP  and  679,884  stock  options 
outstanding under the 2014 LTIP. 

On December 30, 2010, pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, we granted our President and Chief 
Executive Officer, Michael D. Popielec, options to purchase shares of common stock  under the 2004 LTIP as follows: (i) 
50,000 shares at $6.42, vesting in annual increments of 12,500 shares over a four-year period commencing December 30, 
2011;  (ii)  250,000  shares  at  $6.42,  vesting  in  annual  increments  of  62,500  shares  over  a  four-year  period  commencing 
December 30, 2011; (iii) 200,000 shares at $10.00,  with  vesting to begin on the date  the  stock reaches a closing price  of 
$10.00 per share for 15 trading days within a 30-day trading period, with such vesting in annual increments of 50,000 shares 
over the four anniversary dates of that date; and (iv) 200,000 shares at $15.00, with vesting to begin on the date the stock 
reaches a closing price of $15.00 per share for 15 trading days within a 30-day trading period, with such vesting in annual 
increments of 50,000 shares over the four anniversary dates of that date.  All such options in items (i) and (ii) shall expire on 
December 30, 2017.  All such options in items (iii) and (iv) shall expire as of the later of December 30, 2017 and five years 
after the initial vesting commences, but in no event later than December 30, 2020.  The market-based conditions for the stock 
options in items (iii) and (iv) had not been met as of December 31, 2016.  The options set forth in items (ii), (iii) and (iv) 
were subject to shareholder approval of an amendment to the 2004 LTIP, which approval was obtained on June 7, 2011. 

On  January  3,  2011,  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  his  employment  agreement,  we  granted  our  President  and  Chief 
Executive  Officer,  Michael  D.  Popielec,  an  option  to  purchase  50,000  shares  of  common  stock  at  $6.58  under  the  2004 
LTIP.  The option vested in annual increments of 12,500 shares over a four-year period commencing December 30, 2011.  
The option expires on December 30, 2017. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2016, there was $505 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to outstanding stock 

options, which we expect to recognize over a weighted average period of 1.1 years. 

We  use  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  to  estimate  fair  value  of  stock-based  awards.    The  following 

weighted average assumptions were used to value options granted during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015: 

Risk-free interest rate 
Volatility factor 
Dividends 
Weighted average expected life (years) 
Forfeiture rate 

Years Ended December 31, 

2016 
1.36% 
48.20% 
0.00% 
4.83 
10.0% 

2015 
0.72% 
48.54% 
0.00% 
4.15 
13.8% 

We used a Monte Carlo simulation option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of market performance stock-

based awards, of which there were no new awards in the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015. 

We  calculate  expected  volatility  for  stock  options  by  taking  an  average  of  historical  volatility  over  the  expected 
term.    The  computation  of  expected  term  was  determined  based  on  historical  experience  of  similar  awards,  giving 
consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards and vesting schedules.  The interest rate for periods within 
the  contractual  life  of  the  award  is  based  on  the  U.S.  Treasury  yield  in  effect  at  the  time  of  grant.    Forfeiture  rates  are 
calculated  by  dividing  unvested  shares  forfeited  by  beginning  shares  outstanding.    The  pre-vesting  forfeiture  rate  is 
calculated yearly and is determined using a historical twelve-quarter rolling average of the forfeiture rates. 

The following tables summarize data for the stock options issued by us:  

Year Ended December 31, 2016 
Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
Per Share 
$6.30 
4.69 
3.86 
6.09 
$6.22 

Number 
of Shares 
2,257,969 
369,550 
(152,789) 
(151,149) 
2,323,581 

2,192,138 

$6.31 

$5.05 

Shares under Option – January 1 
Options Granted 
Options Exercised 
Options Forfeited or Expired 
Shares under option – December 31 
Vested and Expected to Vest - 
    December 31 

Options Exercisable – December 31 

1,302,390 

Year Ended December 31, 2015 

Shares under Option – January 1 
Options Granted 
Options Exercised 
Options Forfeited or Expired 
Shares under option – December 31 

  Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 

3.31 

2.98 

1.92 

Number 
of Shares 
2,056,122 
411,250 
(137,937) 
(71,466) 
2,257,969 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

$1,101 

$1,006 

$669 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
Per Share 
$6.66 
4.68 
3.90 
11.86 
$6.30 

Options Exercisable – December 31 

1,255,736 

$5.22 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table represents additional information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2016: 

Option Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Number of 
Outstanding 
Options – 
December 
31, 2016 
608,200 
686,548 
628,833 
400,000 

Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 
3.68 
3.62 
2.17 
4.00 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
$3.76 
$4.40 
$6.58 
$12.50 

Range of 
Exercise Prices 
$3.22 - $3.99 
$4.00 - $4.99 
$5.00 - $9.99 
$10.00 - $15.00 

Number of 
Options 
Exercisable 
at 
December 
31, 2016 
394,218 
396,006 
512,166 
- 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
$3.75 
4.45 
6.52 
- 

$3.22 - $15.00 

2,323,581 

3.31 

$6.22 

1,302,390 

$5.05 

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $2.01 
and $2.32, respectively.   The  total intrinsic  value of options (which is the amount by  which  the stock price exceeded the 
exercise price of the options on the date of exercise) exercised during the  years ended December  31, 2016 and 2015 was 
$149 and $364, respectively.  

Cash received from option exercises under our stock-based compensation plans for the years ended December 31, 
2016 and 2015 was $460 and $538, respectively.  There were no excess tax benefits realized in accumulated paid-in capital 
on exercised options for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

c. 

Restricted Stock Awards 

During 2014, we awarded 49,200 restricted stock units under the 2014 LTIP to certain key employees.  These 
units vest over three years and we estimated their weighted average grant date fair value to be $3.24 per share.  $34 and 
$82 of expense was recorded in 2016 and 2015, respectively, relating to these units.  In September 2016, 15,900 shares of 
the awarded restricted stock vested and the Company repurchased 4,131 shares to satisfy the statutory tax withholding on 
shares vested for certain employees.   

At December 31, 2016, there was $11 of unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock grants. 

d. 

Reserved Shares  

We have reserved 901,700 shares of common stock under the various stock option plans, warrants and restricted 

stock awards as of December 31, 2016.  

Note 9 - Income Taxes   

 Our income tax provision consists of:  

Current: 
   Federal 
   State 
   Foreign 

Deferred: 
   Federal 
   State 
   Foreign 

Total income tax provision 

58 

Years Ended December 31, 

2016 

$(70) 
20 
13 
(37) 

220 
- 
(85) 
135 
$98 

2015 

$4 
15 
111 
130 

169 
- 
11 
180 
$310 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  deferred  income  tax  provision  is  primarily  due  to  the  recognition  of  deferred  tax  liabilities  relating  to 
goodwill and certain intangible assets that cannot be predicted to reverse for book purposes during our loss carry-forward 
periods  offset  by  the  deferred  tax  benefit  of  the  amortization  of  certain  intangible  assets  of  Accutronics  (U.K.).    The 
current income tax provision is primarily due to the income reported for Accutronics (U.K.) while the remaining expense 
is  primarily  due  to  state  taxes.    The  benefit  associated  with  the  current  income  tax  provision  is  primarily  related  to  an 
excess  accrual  of  income  taxes  in  prior  years.    In  2015,  the  deferred  provision  was  reduced  by  a  deferred  tax  benefit 
amounting to $51 relating to our $150 impairment of a trademark. 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amount used for income tax purposes.  Significant components of our 
deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows:  

Deferred Tax Liabilities: 
   Property, Plant and Equipment 
   Intangible Assets 
      Total Deferred Tax Liabilities 

Deferred Tax Assets: 
   Property, Plant and Equipment 
   Net Operating Loss Carry-Forwards 
   Tax Credit Carry-Forwards 
   Intangible Assets 
   Accrued Expenses, Reserves and Other 
      Total Deferred Tax Assets 
Valuation Allowance for Deferred Tax Assets 
Net Deferred Tax Assets 

Years Ended December 31, 

2016 

$- 
5,471 
5,471 

77 
27,127 
1,704 
2,923 
1,527 
33,358 
(33,331) 
27 

2015 

$- 
4,631 
4,631 

288 
27,283 
1,596 
3,391 
2,127 
34,685 
(34,593) 
92 

Net Deferred Tax Liabilities 

$5,444 

$4,539 

Net deferred tax liabilities are comprised of the following balance sheet amounts: 

Current Deferred Tax Assets 
Non-Current Deferred Tax Liabilities 

Years Ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

$94 
(5,538) 
$(5,444) 

$ 92 
(4,631) 
$(4,539) 

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets decreased by $1,262 and increased by $6,642 in the  years ended 
December  31,  2016  and  2015,  respectively.    The  2016  decrease  in  the  valuation  allowance  was  due  to  the  reduction  of 
deferred tax assets due to the Company’s pretax income in 2016.  The 2015 increase in the valuation allowance included an 
increase of $7,296 relating to the release of our unrecognized tax benefit during 2015 (see below).  Excluding the effect of 
the release of the unrecognized tax benefit during 2015, the valuation allowance would have decreased by $654. 

In 2016 and 2015, in the U.S. and certain operations in the U.K., we continue to report a valuation allowance for 
our deferred tax assets  that cannot be offset by reversing temporary differences.  We  continue  to conclude  that, based  on 
historical factors, it is more likely than not that we will not fully utilize our U.S. and U.K. NOLs that have accumulated over 
time.    The  recognition  of  a  valuation  allowance  on  our  deferred  tax  assets  results  from  our  evaluation  of  all  available 
evidence,  both  positive  and  negative.    The  assessment  of  the  realizability  of  the  NOLs  is  based  on  a  number  of  factors 
including, our history of net operating losses, the volatility of our earnings, our historical operating volatility, our historical 
inability to accurately forecast earnings for future periods and the continued uncertainty of the general business climate as of 
the end of 2016.   We believe that these historical factors represent negative evidence sufficient to conclude that we should 
record a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.  In  both 2016 and 2015, we have not recorded a valuation 
allowance against our other foreign deferred tax assets as we believe that it is more likely than not that they will be realized.   
We continually assess the carrying value of this asset based on relevant accounting standards. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As  of  December  31,  2016,  we  have  domestic  and  foreign  NOLs  totaling  approximately  $70,976  and  $12,760, 
respectively, and domestic tax credits of approximately $1,704, available to reduce future taxable income. Included in our 
NOL carry-forward are foreign loss carry-forwards of approximately  $12,760, nearly all of  which can be  carried  forward 
indefinitely.  The  domestic  NOL  carry-forward  of  $70,976 expires  beginning  in  2019,  through  2034.    The  domestic  NOL 
carry-forward  includes  approximately  $3,223  for  which  a  benefit  will  be  recorded  in  capital  in  excess  of  par  value  when 
realized. 

At December 31, 2016, the undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign operations were indefinitely reinvested 

in those operations. 

For financial reporting purposes, income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes is as follows: 

United States 
Foreign 

Years Ended December 31, 

2016 
$2,803 
777 
$3,580 

2015 
$2,582 
568 
$3,150 

The  provision  for  income  taxes  differs  from  the  amount  of  income  tax  determined  by  applying  the 
applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes as follows:  

Statutory Income Tax Rate 
(Increase) Decrease in Tax Provision Resulting From: 
    Equity Compensation 
    Income Tax Credits 
    Foreign Tax Rates 
    Release of Unrecognized Tax Benefits 
    Valuation Allowance 
    Excess Accrual 
    Other 
Effective Income Tax Rate 

Years Ended December 31, 

2016 

34.0% 

9.6 
(6.2) 
(2.2) 
- 
(30) 
(5.2) 
2.7 
2.7% 

2015 

34.0% 

2.2 
(4.5) 
(2.2) 
(231.6) 
210.9 
- 
1.0 
9.8% 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes 

Our  unrecognized  tax  benefits  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions  at  December  31,  2014  related  to  Federal  and 
various state jurisdictions.  We recorded the release of uncertain tax positions in 2015 relating to the conclusion of a federal 
tax  examination,  resulting  in  a  $21.4  million  increase  in  the  amount  of  our  reported  domestic  NOL  carry-forward.    The 
following table summarizes the activity related to our unrecognized tax benefits: 

Balance – beginning of year 
   Increases related to current year tax positions 
   Increases related to prior year tax positions 
   Decreases related to prior year tax positions 
   Expiration of statute of limitations for assessment of taxes 
   Settlements of examinations 
Balance – end of year 

Years Ended December 31, 

2016 
$- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
$ - 

2015 
$7,296 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(7,296) 
$- 

The total unrecognized tax benefit balances at January 1, 2015 of $7,296 was comprised of tax benefits that, if 
recognized,  would  result  in  a  deferred  tax  asset  and  a  corresponding  increase  in  our  valuation  allowance.    As  a  result, 
because  the  benefit  would  be  offset  by  an  increase  in  the  valuation  allowance,  there  would  be  no  net  effect  on  our 
effective tax rate or income tax provision.  We recorded the release of this unrecognized tax benefit amount during 2015 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
upon the conclusion of a  of a federal tax examination, resulting in a $21.4 million increase in the amount of our reported 
domestic NOL carry-forward.  There were no unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2016. 

We  are  not  required  to  accrue  interest  and  penalties  as  the  unrecognized  tax  benefits  have  been  recorded  as  a 
decrease  in  our  NOL.    Interest  and  penalties  would  begin  to  accrue  in  the  period  in  which  the  NOLs  related  to  the 
uncertain tax positions are utilized.  We do not expect our unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 
twelve months. 

As a result of our operations, we file income tax returns in various jurisdictions including U.S. federal, U.S. state 
and  foreign  jurisdictions.    We  are  routinely  subject  to  examination  by  taxing  authorities  in  these  various  jurisdictions.  
Our  U.S.  tax  matters  for  the  years  2001  through  2016  remain  subject  to  examination  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service 
(“IRS”)  due  to  our  NOL  carry-forwards.      Our  U.S.  tax  matters  for  the  years  2001  through  2016  remain  subject  to 
examination by various  state  and local tax jurisdictions due  to our NOL carry-forwards.  Our  tax  matters  for the  years 
2009 through 2016 remain subject to examination by the respective foreign tax jurisdiction authorities.   

Note 10 - 401(k) Retirement Benefit Plan   

 We maintain a defined contribution 401(k) plan covering substantially all employees. Employees can contribute a 
portion  of  their  salary  or  wages  as  prescribed  under  Section  401(k)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and,  subject  to  certain 
limitations, we may, at the discretion of our Board of Directors, authorize an employer contribution based on a portion of the 
employees'  contributions.    Since  January  2010,  we  have  matched  50%  on  the  first  4%  contributed  by  an  employee,  or  a 
maximum of 2% of the employee’s income.  For 2016 and 2015, we contributed $191 and $201, respectively, to the 401(k) 
plan. 

Note 11 - Business Segment Information   

We report our results in two operating segments: Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems.  The 
Battery & Energy Products segment includes: Lithium 9-volt, cylindrical and various other non-rechargeable batteries, in 
addition 
  The 
to  rechargeable  batteries,  uninterruptable  power  supplies,  charging  systems  and  accessories. 
Communications  Systems  segment  includes:  RF  amplifiers,  power  supplies,  cable  and  connector  assemblies,  amplified 
speakers, equipment mounts, case equipment, integrated communication system kits and communications and electronics 
systems  design.    We  believe  that  reporting  performance  at  the  gross  profit  level  is  the  best  indicator  of  segment 
performance.  As such we report segment performance at the gross profit level and operating expenses as Corporate charges.   

Battery &    
Energy 
Products 
$64,753 
19,580 

Communications 
Systems 
$17,707 
5,528 

2016: 

Revenue 
Segment Contribution 
Interest Expense, Net 
Miscellaneous 
Income Tax Provision 
Non-Controlling Interest 
Net Income Attributable to 
Ultralife 

Total Assets 
Capital Expenditures 
Goodwill 
Depreciation and Amortization 
of Intangible Assets 
Stock-Based Compensation 

$39,691 
852 
8,472 

2,042 
403 

$32,021 
158 
11,493 

541 
110 

61 

  Corporate 

$- 
(21,345) 
(263) 
80 
(98) 
27 

$13,032 
367 

143 
197 

Total 
$82,460 
3,763 
(263) 
80 
(98) 
27 
$3,509 

$84,744 
1,377 
19,965 

2,726 
710 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Battery & 
Energy 
Products 
$65,272 
18,698 

Communications 
Systems 
$11,155 
4,618 

2015: 

Revenue 
Segment Contribution 
Interest Expense, Net 
Miscellaneous 
Income Tax Provision 
Non-Controlling Interest 
Net Loss Attributable to 
Ultralife 

Total Assets 
Capital Expenditures 
Goodwill 
Depreciation and Amortization 
of Intangible Assets 
Intangible Asset Impairment 
Stock-Based Compensation 

$35,295 
355 
4,790 
1,625 

46 

U.S. and Non-U.S. Revenue Information1:   

2016: 

Battery & Energy Products 
Communications Systems 
     Total 

2015: 

Battery & Energy Products 
Communications Systems 
     Total 

$28,849 
973 
11,493 
98 

150 
3 

Total 
Revenue 
$64,753 
17,707 
$82,460 

Total 
Revenue 
$65,272 
11,155 
$76,427 

  Corporate 

$- 
(19,986) 
(245) 
65 
(310) 
29 

$17,378 
562 

984 

522 

United 
States 
$29,587 
15,507 
45,094 
55% 

United 
States 
$37,106 
9,635 
$46,741 
61% 

Total 
$76,427 
3,330 
(245) 
65 
(310) 
29 
$2,869 

$81,522 
1,890 
16,283 
2,707 

150 
571 

Non-United 
States 
$35,166 
2,200 
$37,366 
45% 

Non-United 
States 
$28,166 
1,520 
$29,686 
39% 

1 

Sales classified to U.S. include shipments to U.S.-based prime contractors which in some cases may serve non-U.S. projects 

Long-lived assets (including goodwill and intangible assets) held outside the U.S., principally in the United Kingdom and 
China, were $11,652 and $4,748 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Commercial and Government/Defense Revenue Information:    

2016: 

Battery & Energy Products 
Communications Systems 
     Total 

2015: 

Battery & Energy Products 
Communications Systems 
     Total 

Total 
Revenue 
$64,753 
17,707 
$82,460 

Total 
Revenue 
$65,272 
11,155 
$76,427 

62 

  Commercial 

$40,886 
- 
$40,886 
50% 

  Commercial 

$33,367 
- 
$33,367 
44% 

Government/ 
Defense 
$23,867 
17,707 
$41,574 
50% 
Government/ 
Defense 
$31,905 
11,155 
$43,060 
56% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 12 – Due from Insurance Company 

In June 2011, we experienced a fire that damaged certain inventory and machinery and equipment at our facility in 
China.  The fire occurred after business hours and was fully extinguished quickly with no injuries, and the plant was back in 
full  operation  shortly  thereafter  with  no  significant  disruption  in  supply  or  service  to  customers.    We  maintain  adequate 
insurance coverage for this operation.   

The total amount of the loss pertaining to assets and the related expenses was approximately $1,589, including damaged 
inventory, business interruption and lost profits.  We have pursued a claim against our insurance policy, with the majority of 
our insurance claim related to the recovery of damaged inventory.  We had received payments in June 2012 and April 2013 
totaling  approximately  $1,286  as  a  partial  payment  on  our  insurance  claim,  which  resulted  in  no  gain  or  loss  being 
recognized.  Since the filing of the claim and through June 26, 2016, we reflected a receivable from the insurance company 
of  $177,  net  of  our  deductible  of  approximately  $126,  representing  additional  proceeds  expected  to  be  received.    On 
September 6, 2016, our claim was finalized with the insurance company resulting in a $55 loss included in our 2016 results. 

ITEM 9. 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

 Evaluation  Of  Disclosure  Controls  And  Procedures  –  Our  president  and  chief  executive  officer  (principal 
executive  officer)  and  our  chief  financial  officer  and  treasurer  (principal  financial  officer)  have  evaluated  our  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this 
annual report.  Based on this evaluation, our president and chief executive officer and chief financial officer  and treasurer 
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date.  

Changes  In  Internal  Controls  Over  Financial  Reporting  –There  has  been  no  change  in  our  internal  control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) that occurred during the fourth quarter of 
the fiscal year covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our 
internal control over financial reporting.  

Management’s Report on  Internal Control over Financial Reporting – Our  management team is responsible 
for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting.  Our internal control over financial 
reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control systems, our internal control over financial reporting may not prevent 
or detect  misstatements.   Also, projections of  any evaluation of effectiveness  to  future periods are subject  to the risk that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  policies  or 
procedures may deteriorate.  

Our  management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31, 
2016.    In  making  this  assessment,  we  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway  Commission  (“COSO”)  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  (2013).    Based  on  our  assessment,  we 
concluded that, as of December 31, 2016, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria. 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
PART III 

The information required by Part III, other than as set forth in Item 12, and each of the following items is omitted 
from  this  report  and  will  be  presented  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  (“Proxy  Statement”)  to  be  filed  pursuant  to 
Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, in connection with our 2017 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which information included therein is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

The sections entitled "Election of Directors", "Executive Officers", "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting 

Compliance" and "Corporate Governance" in the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

The  sections  entitled  "Executive  Compensation",  “Directors  Compensation”,  “Employment  Arrangements”  and 

"Compensation and Management Committee " in the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The  section  entitled  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners”  and  “Security  Ownership  of 

Management” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.   

Equity Compensation Plan Information   

Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(a) 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(b) 

Number of securities remaining 
available for future issuance under 
equity compensation plans 
(excluding securities reflected in 
column (a) 
(c) 

2,323,581 

$6.22 

901,700 

- 

2,323,581 

- 

$6.22 

-                              

901,700 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation 
plans approved by 
security holders 

Equity compensation 
plans not approved by 
security holders 

Total 

See Note 8 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE  

The  section  entitled  "Corporate  Governance  -  General"  in  the  Proxy  Statement  is  incorporated  herein  by 

reference. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES  

The  section  entitled  "Proposal  to  Ratify  the  Selection  of  Independent  Registered  Accounting  Firm  -  Principal 

Accountant Fees and Services" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15.       EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES   

PART IV 

(a) 

Documents filed as part of this report: 

1.  Financial Statements 

The  financial  statements  and  schedules  required  by  this  Item  15  are  set  forth  in  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this 

report. 

 (b) 

Exhibits. The following exhibits are filed as a part of this report:  

Description of Document 

Incorporated By Reference from: 

Exhibit 
Index 

2.1 

2.2 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

Stock Purchase Agreement by and 
between BCF Solutions, Inc. and 
Ultralife Corporation 
Stock Purchase Agreement Relating to 
Accutronics Limited by and between 
Robert Andrew Phillips and Others and 
Ultralife Corporation 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation 

Amended and Restated By-laws 

Specimen Stock Certificate 

10.1* 

Technology Transfer Agreement 
relating to Lithium Batteries  

10.2* 

10.3* 

10.4† 

10.5† 

10.6† 

10.7† 

10.8† 

10.9† 

Technology Transfer Agreement 
relating to Lithium Batteries  
Amendment to the Agreement relating 
to rechargeable batteries  

Ultralife Corporation 2014 Long-Term 
Incentive Plan 
Ultralife Batteries, Inc. Amended and 
Restated 2004 Long-Term Incentive 
Plan 
Amendment No. 1 to Ultralife 
Batteries, Inc. Amended and Restated 
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan 
Amendment No. 2 to Ultralife 
Batteries, Inc. Amended and Restated 
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan 
Amendment No. 3 to Ultralife 
Batteries, Inc. Amended and Restated 
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan 
Employment Agreement between the 
Registrant and Peter F. Comerford 

10.10† 

Employment Agreement between the 
Registrant and Michael D. Popielec 

65 

Exhibit 2.1 of the Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended September 30, 2012, filed 
November 8, 2012 
Exhibit 2.2 of the Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2015, filed March 2, 
2016 

Exhibit 3.1 of the Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2008, filed March 13, 
2009 
Exhibit 3.2 of the Form 8-K filed 
December 9, 2011  
Exhibit 4.1 of the Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2008, filed March 13, 
2009 
Exhibit 10.19 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on October 7, 1994, File 
No. 33-84888 (the “1994 Registration 
Statement”) 
Exhibit 10.20 of the 1994 Registration 
Statement 
Exhibit 10.24 of our Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended June 30, 1996 (this 
Exhibit may be found in SEC File No. 0-
20852) 
Appendix A to our Definitive Proxy 
Statement filed on April 21, 2014 
Exhibit 99.2 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed on July 26, 2004, File 
No. 333-117662 
Exhibit 99.3 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed August 18, 2006, File 
No. 333-136737 
Exhibit 99.4 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed November 13, 2008, File 
No. 333-155349 
Exhibit 99.5 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed November 13, 2008, File 
No. 333-155349 
Exhibit 10.30 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 
Exhibit 10.40 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2010, filed 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.11† 

10.12 

10.13† 

10.14† 

10.15 

10.16† 

10.17† 

10.18† 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

21 
23.1 

dated December 6, 2010 
Revised definition of “Change in 
Control” for Ultralife Corporation 
Amended and Restated 2004 Long-
Term Incentive Plan 
Settlement Agreement between the 
Registrant and the United States of 
America dated June 1, 2011 
Amendment No. 4 to Ultralife 
Corporation Amended and Restated 
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan 
Amendment No. 5 to Ultralife 
Corporation Amended and Restated 
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan 
Revolving Credit, Guaranty, and 
Security Agreement between Ultralife 
Corporation and PNC Bank, National 
Association, dated May 24, 2013 
Retirement and Consulting Agreement, 
Release and Waiver of All Claims, 
between Ultralife Corporation and 
Peter F. Comerford, dated May 28,2013 
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement 
between Ultralife Corporation and 
Michael D. Popielec. Dated June 4, 
2013 
Amended No. 6. to Ultralife 
Corporation Amended and Restated 
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan 
Amendment No. 1, dated April 30, 
2014, to the Revolving Credit, 
Guaranty, and Security Agreement 
between Ultralife Corporation and PNC 
Bank, National Association, dated May 
24, 2013 
Amendment No. 2, dated October 28, 
2014, to the Revolving Credit, 
Guaranty, and Security Agreement 
between Ultralife Corporation and PNC 
Bank, National Association, dated May 
24, 2013 
Amendment No. 3, dated April 30, 
2015, to the Revolving Credit, 
Guaranty, and Security Agreement 
between Ultralife Corporation and PNC 
Bank, National Association, dated May 
24, 2013 
Amendment No. 4, dated June 5, 2015, 
to the Revolving Credit, Guaranty, and 
Security Agreement between Ultralife 
Corporation and PNC Bank, National 
Association, dated May 24, 2013 
Amendment No. 5, dated January 13, 
2016, to the Revolving Credit, 
Guaranty, and Security Agreement 
between Ultralife Corporation and PNC 
Bank, National Association, dated May 
24, 2013 
Subsidiaries 
Consent of Freed Maxick CPAs, P.C. 

66 

March 15, 2011 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on May 
26, 2011 

Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on June 
2, 2011 

Exhibit 4.5 of the Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed on January 30, 2012, 
File No. 333-179235 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on May 
26, 2011 

Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended June 30, 2013, filed August 
9, 2013 

Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended June 30, 2013, filed August 
9, 2013 

Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended June 30, 2013, filed August 
9, 2013 

Appendix A of Form DEF 14A filed on 
April 22, 2013 

Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended March 30, 2014, filed May 9, 
2014 

Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended September 28, 2014, filed 
November 3, 2014 

Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on April 
30, 2015 

Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on June 
5, 2015 

Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on 
January 20, 2016 

Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consent of Bonadio & Co., LLP 
23.2 
CEO 302 Certifications 
31.1 
CFO 302 Certifications 
31.2 
906 Certifications 
32 
100.INS 
XBRL Instance Document 
100.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 

Document 

100.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Calculation 

Linkbase Document 
100.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase 

Document 

100.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Presentation 
Linkbase Document 

100.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Definition 

Document 

Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 

Filed herewith 

Filed herewith 

Filed herewith 

Filed herewith 

*  Confidential treatment has been granted as to certain portions of this exhibit. 

†  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date:  February 9, 2017 

ULTRALIFE CORPORATION 

/s/ Michael D. Popielec 
Michael D. Popielec 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 

      Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the 
following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Date:  February 9, 2017  

Date:  February 9, 2017 

Date:  February 9, 2017 

Date:  February 9, 2017 

Date:  February 9, 2017 

Date:  February 9, 2017 

Date:  February 9, 2017 

/s/ Michael D. Popielec 
Michael D. Popielec 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Philip A. Fain                             
Philip A. Fain 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal  
Accounting Officer) 

/s/Steven M. Anderson 
Steven M. Anderson (Director) 

/s/ Thomas L. Saeli 
Thomas L. Saeli (Director) 

/s/ Robert W. Shaw II 
Robert W. Shaw II (Director) 

/s/ Ranjit C. Singh 
Ranjit C. Singh (Director) 

/s/ Bradford T. Whitmore                                  
Bradford T. Whitmore (Director) 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                               
 
 
 
 
 
 
                               
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Index to Exhibits 

21 
23.1 
23.2 
31.1 

31.2 

32 

101.INS 
101.SCH 
101.CAL 
101.LAB 
101.PRE 
101.DEF 

Subsidiaries 
Consent of Freed Maxick CPAs, P.C. 
Consent of Bonadio & Co., LLP 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 
XBRL Instance Document 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 
XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document 
XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document 
XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document 
XBRL Taxonomy Definition Document 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUBSIDIARIES 

Exhibit 21 

We have a 100% ownership interest in Ultralife Batteries (UK) LTD, incorporated in the United Kingdom. 

We have a 100% ownership interest in ABLE New Energy Co., Limited, incorporated in Hong Kong, which has a 100% 
ownership interest in ABLE New Energy Co., Ltd, incorporated in the People’s Republic of China. 

We have a 100% ownership interest in Ultralife Energy Services Corporation, incorporated in Florida.  

We have a 51% ownership interest in Ultralife Batteries India Private Limited, incorporated in India.  

Through our ownership interest in Ultralife UK LTD, we have a 100% controlling interest in Accutronics, Ltd., also 
incorporated in the United Kingdom 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S-8 (Nos. 333-117662, 333-
136737,  333-155349, 333-179235  and  333-203037)  of  our  report  dated  February  9,  2017  on  the  consolidated  financial 
statements of Ultralife Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2016, which appear in this Form 10-K. 

Exhibit 23.1 

/s/ Freed Maxick CPAs, P.C. 
Rochester, New York 
February 9, 2017 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S-8 (Nos. 333-117662, 333-
136737,  333-155349,  333-179235  and  333-203037)  of  our  report  dated  March  2,  2016  on  the  consolidated  financial 
statements of Ultralife Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2015, which appear in this Form 10-K. 

Exhibit 23.2 

/s/ Bonadio & Co., LLP 
Pittsford, New York 
February 9, 2017 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Michael D. Popielec, certify that: 

Exhibit 31.1 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Ultralife Corporation; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all  material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows  of the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and 
have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented 
in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as 
of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in 
the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially 
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s 
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

Any fraud,  whether or not material, that involves management or other employees  who have a 
significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  February 9, 2017 

/s/ Michael D. Popielec                       
Michael D. Popielec  
President and Chief Executive Officer 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Philip A. Fain, certify that: 

Exhibit 31.2 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Ultralife Corporation; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all  material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows  of the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and 
have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented 
in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as 
of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in 
the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially 
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s 
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

Any fraud,  whether or not material, that involves management or other employees  who have a 
significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  February 9, 2017 

/s/ Philip A. Fain                            
Philip A. Fain 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 1350 Certification 

Exhibit 32 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 906”), 
Michael  D.  Popielec  and  Philip  A.  Fain,  the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  and 
Treasurer,  respectively,  of  Ultralife  Corporation,  certify  that  (i)  the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2016 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
and (ii) the information contained in such report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of Ultralife Corporation. 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Ultralife  Corporation and will be 
retained by Ultralife Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

Date:  February 9, 2017 

Date:  February 9, 2017 

/s/ Michael D. Popielec 
Michael D. Popielec 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Philip A. Fain                             
Philip A. Fain 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

This  certification  is  being  furnished  as  required  by  Rule  13a-14(b)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as 
amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, and shall not be 
deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of that Section.  This 
certification  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  into  any  filing  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as 
amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate this certification by reference. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K/A 
(Amendment No. 1) 

(Mark One) 

/X/ Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 
OR 
/  / Transition report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the transition period from ____________ to ____________ 

Commission file number 0-20852 

ULTRALIFE CORPORATION    
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware                                                                                                                    
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

                          16-1387013                     
                  (I.R.S. Employer 
                Identification No.) 

2000 Technology Parkway, Newark, New York                                                               
(Address of principal executive offices)                                                                                    

                                    14513 
              (Zip Code) 

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (315) 332-7100 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of each class 
Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
NASDAQ Global Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 

Securities Act. Yes…. No..X... 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of 

the Act. Yes…. No..X... 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) 
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was 
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes..X…   No…. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, 
if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 
of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and 
post such files). Yes..X…   No…. 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of 
this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or 
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [   ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated 
filer,  or  a  smaller  reporting  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer”  and  “smaller 
reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer ….     Accelerated filer ...…    Non-accelerated filer ….    Smaller reporting company ..X... 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  shell  company  (as  defined  by  Rule  12b-2  of  the  Exchange 

Act). Yes…. No..X... 

On June 26, 2016, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates as defined in Rule 405 
under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933)  of  the  registrant  was  approximately  $46,435,667  (in  whole  dollars)  based  upon  the 
closing price for such common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market on June 24, 2016. 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
              
 
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
As  of  April  27,  2017,  the  registrant  had  15,490,305  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding,  net  of  4,015,752 

treasury shares. 

None. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXPLANATORY NOTE 

This Amendment  No. 1 on Form 10-K/A (Amendment No. 1) amends our  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal 
year  ended  December  31,  2016  (Original  Filing),  filed  with  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (SEC)  on 
February 9, 2017 (Original Filing Date). The sole purpose of this Amendment No. 1 is to include the information required 
by Items 10 through 14 of Part III of Form 10-K. This information  was previously omitted from the  Original Filing in 
reliance on General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K,  which  permits the  information  in  the  above  referenced items  to be 
incorporated in the Form 10-K by reference from our definitive proxy statement if such statement is filed no later than 
120  days  after  our  fiscal  year-end.  We  are  filing  this  Amendment  to  include  Part  III  information  in  our  Form  10-K 
because  we  will  not  file  a  definitive  proxy  statement  containing  such  information  within  120  days  after  the  end  of  the 
fiscal year covered by the Original Filing. We plan on filing our definitive proxy statement on or about June 1, 2017 as 
we are holding our 2017 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting (“the Meeting”) on July 18, 2017.  The reference on the cover of 
the  Original  Filing  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  to  portions  of  our  definitive  proxy  statement  into  Part  III  of  the 
Original Filing is hereby deleted. 

In accordance with Rule 12b-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), Part III, Items 
10  through  14  and  Part  IV,  Item 15  of  the  Original  Filing  are  hereby  amended  and  restated  in  their  entirety.  This 
Amendment  No. 1  does  not  amend,  modify,  or  otherwise  update  any  other  information  in  the  Original  Filing. 
Accordingly, this Amendment should be read in conjunction with the Original Filing. In addition, this Amendment No. 1 
does not reflect events that may have occurred subsequent to the Original Filing Date. 

Pursuant  to  Rule  12b-15  under  the  Exchange  Act,  this  Amendment  No. 1  also  contains  new  certifications  pursuant  to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which are attached hereto. Because no financial statements are included 
in this Amendment No. 1 and this Amendment No. 1 does not contain or amend any disclosure with respect to Items 307 
and 308 of Regulation S-K, paragraphs 3, 4, and 5 of the certifications have been omitted. 

Unless  expressly  indicated  or  the  context  requires  otherwise,  the  terms  “the  Company”,  “we”,  “our”,  and  “us”  in  this 
document refer to Ultralife Corporation (“Ultralife”), a Delaware corporation, and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries.  

3 

 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART III 

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 
Stockholder Matters 

Item 13.  

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Item 14. 

  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

PART IV    

Item 15. 

  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

Signatures 

Index to Exhibits 

5 

11 

18 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

4 

PART III 

ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

Directors 

Our directors are elected to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor shall have been 
duly elected and qualified.  Certain information with respect to our directors is presented below. 

Name 

Age 

Present Principal Occupation, Employment History and Expertise 

Steven M. Anderson 

60 

Michael D. Popielec 

55 

Brigadier General (Ret.) Anderson has been a director of the Company since 
April 13, 2010.  General (Ret.) Anderson has served as the Afghanistan 
Country Manager for Fluor Corporation since April 2016, managing the US 
Army LOGCAP (Logistics Civil Augmentation Program) providing 
contingency support to US forces in the Afghanistan combat zone.  He has 
served as an owner and Chief Marketing Officer from January 2013 to March 
2016 and Senior VP from February 2011 through December 2012 of Relyant, 
LLC, a service-disabled veteran-owned small business and global provider of 
construction, environmental, energy and logistics services.  General (Ret.) 
Anderson, a career military officer who retired from active duty in November 
2009, served for five years as a general officer in the US Army, including 15 
months as the senior US and coalition logistician in Iraq in support of 
Operation Iraqi Freedom.  From 2004 to 2006, General (Ret.) Anderson 
served as the senior US logistician in Korea (Deputy C-4 for the United 
Nations Command/Combined Forces Command and J4, United States Forces 
Korea) and spearheaded the development of Camp Humphreys, the combined 
and US headquarters facility in Central Korea.  He served in various 
command positions including Commander, Division Support Command, 2nd 
Infantry Division, Korea (2000-02), and Commander, 725th Main Support 
Battalion, 25th Infantry Division (Light), Schofield Barracks, Hawaii (1995-
97).  In his final military assignment, he served for two years on the Army 
Staff in the Pentagon as the Director, Operations and Logistics Readiness, 
Office of the Army Deputy Chief of Staff, G4 (logistics).  General (Ret.) 
Anderson is a 1978 graduate of the US Military Academy at West Point and 
earned a Masters of Science degree in Operations Research and Systems 
Analysis Engineering at the Naval Postgraduate School in 1987.  In 2014, he 
was inducted into the US Army Ordnance Hall of Fame and elected to the 
board of directors of the National Association of Ordnance Contractors 
(NAOC).  General (Ret.) Anderson has been nominated for re-election to our 
Board of Directors because of his general knowledge of the US military and 
particularly his knowledge of its procurement processes and policies. The 
military and prime defense contractors are important customer bases of the 
Company. 

Mr. Popielec has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a 
director of the Company since December 30, 2010.  Mr. Popielec has 30 
years experience in growing domestic and international industrial businesses.  
Prior to joining us, Mr. Popielec operated his own management consulting 
business in 2009 to 2010 and was Group President, Applied Technologies in 
2008 and 2009 and Group President, Diversified Components from 2005 to 
2007 at Carlisle Companies, Inc., a $2.5 billion diversified global 
manufacturer.  Prior to that, from 2003 to 2005, he held various positions, 
including Chief Operating Officer, Americas, for Danka Business Systems, 
PLC.  From 1985 to 2002, Mr. Popielec held positions of increasing 
responsibility at General Electric Company, culminating in his serving as a 
GE corporate officer and as President and Chief Executive Officer of GE 
Power Controls, the European arm of GE Industrial Systems.  Mr. Popielec 

5 

Name 

Age 

Present Principal Occupation, Employment History and Expertise 

Thomas L. Saeli 

60 

Robert W. Shaw II 

60 

has a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Michigan State University.  Mr. 
Popielec has been nominated for re-election to our Board of Directors 
because of his operations expertise and his experience in growing domestic 
and international industrial businesses. 

Mr. Saeli has been a director of the Company since March 5, 2010.  Since 
2011, Mr. Saeli has served as the Chief Executive Officer and a director of 
John R. Burt Enterprises, a diversified manufacturer of primarily commercial 
and industrial roofing systems.  Prior to that, Mr. Saeli was a business 
consultant to international corporate clients on matters involving business 
development strategies, acquisitions and operations.  He previously served as 
Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Noble 
International, Ltd., an automotive supplier of engineered laser-welded and 
roll-formed metal products, from March 2006 through April 13, 2009 when 
he resigned those positions. Noble International, Ltd. filed voluntary relief 
under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on April 15, 2009.  From 
1998 through 2006, Mr. Saeli served as Vice President of Corporate 
Development for Lear Corporation, an automotive supplier of seating, interior 
and electronic products.  Over the past five years, Mr. Saeli has served on 
various boards of privately held profit and nonprofit organizations. Mr. Saeli 
has a BA in Economics from Hamilton College, and an MBA in Finance and 
Accounting from Columbia University’s Graduate School of Business.  Mr. 
Saeli has been nominated for re-election to our Board of Directors because of 
his manufacturing, corporate development, mergers and acquisitions and 
finance experience. Mr. Saeli also qualifies as an audit committee financial 
expert under applicable SEC rules. 

Mr. Shaw has been a director of the Company since June 8, 2010.  Currently 
he is on the board of directors of the American Queen Steamboat Company, 
one of the largest overnight US cruise ship companies, and for Pratt Miller, 
Inc., a large engineering company for automotive racing and defense 
businesses.  Additionally he is a senior advisor to HMS Global Maritime, a 
marine operator for domestic ferry companies and the US government and for 
Hornblower NY Ferry Fleet, the $400M start-up of New York City’s fleet of 
fast ferries.  Mr. Shaw has served as the president of the largest dining and 
excursion boat operators in the United States, with over 100 vessels.  He has 
been president of a large mechanical contracting company specializing in the 
federal government and healthcare markets.   Mr. Shaw served in the US 
Marine Corps as an infantry Captain, has a MBA degree from Harvard 
University and an engineering degree from Cornell University.  Mr. Shaw has 
been nominated for re-election to our Board of Directors because of his 
management expertise and experience as an executive officer. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name 

Age 

Present Principal Occupation, Employment History and Expertise 

Ranjit C. Singh 

64 

Bradford T. Whitmore 

59 

Mr. Singh has been a director of the Company since August 2000, and served 
as Chair of our Board of Directors from December 2001 to June 2007.  Mr. 
Singh is currently the Chief Executive Officer of CSR Consulting Group, 
which provides business and technology consulting services, a position that 
he has held since 2008.  He previously served as President and Chief 
Executive Officer of Aptara, a content outsourcing services company, from 
February 2003 until July 2008.  From February 2002 to February 2003, Mr. 
Singh served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Reliacast Inc., a 
video streaming software and services company.  Prior to that, he was 
President and Chief Operating Officer of ContentGuard, which develops and 
markets digital property rights software.  Before joining ContentGuard earlier 
in 2000, Mr. Singh worked for Xerox as a corporate Senior Vice President 
with various responsibilities related to its software businesses.  Mr. Singh 
joined Xerox in 1997, having been employed by Citibank where he was Vice 
President of Global Distributed Computing.  Mr. Singh has been nominated 
for re-election to our Board of Directors because of his experience as an 
executive of growing technology-based companies, his familiarity with 
international operations and his expertise in mergers and acquisitions. 

Mr. Whitmore has been a director of the Company since June 2007 and Chair 
of our Board of Directors since March 2010.  Since 1985, he has been the 
Managing Partner of Grace Brothers, Ltd., an investment firm that holds 
approximately 3% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.  Mr. 
Whitmore and Grace Brothers, Ltd. collectively hold or claim beneficial 
ownership of over slightly more than 34% of the outstanding shares of our 
common stock.  Over the past five years, Mr. Whitmore has served as a 
director of several privately held companies in which Grace Brothers, Ltd. 
and its affiliates held investments as well as not-for-profit organizations.  Mr. 
Whitmore has been nominated for re-election to our Board of Directors 
because of his corporate development expertise and significant expertise in 
corporate financial matters.  

Executive Officers 

Our executive officers are appointed annually by our Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting 
of shareholders.  Our executive officers for fiscal 2016 were: 

(cid:120)  Michael D. Popielec, President and Chief Executive Officer 

(cid:120)  Philip A. Fain, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary 

Other than for Mr. Popielec, whose information is set forth with the other directors standing for election, certain information 
with respect to Philip A. Fain, our other executive officer, is presented below. 

Name 

Age 

Present Principal Occupation and Employment History 

Philip A. Fain 

62  Mr. Fain was named Chief Financial Officer in November 2009, Treasurer in 
December 2009 and Corporate Secretary in April 2013.  He previously served 
as Vice President of Business Development, having joined us in February 
2008. Prior to joining us, he was Managing Partner of CXO on the GO, LLC, a 
management-consulting firm, which he co-founded in November 2003 and 
which we retained in connection with our acquisition activity. Prior to founding 
CXO on the GO, LLC, Mr. Fain served as Vice President of Finance - RayBan 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name 

Age 

Present Principal Occupation and Employment History 
Sunoptics for Luxottica, SpA.  Prior to the acquisition of Bausch & Lomb’s 
global eyewear business by Luxottica, Mr. Fain served as Bausch & Lomb’s 
Senior Vice President Finance - Global Eyewear from 1997 to 1999 and as 
Vice President and Controller for the US Sunglass business from 1993 to 1996.  
In these roles, he led the process to acquire some of the World’s most sought 
after sunglass companies and brands for Bausch & Lomb.  From 1983 to 1993, 
Mr. Fain served in various positions with Bausch & Lomb including executive 
positions in corporate accounting, finance and audit. Mr. Fain began his career 
as a CPA and consultant with Arthur Andersen & Co. in 1977. He received his 
B.A. in Economics from the University of Rochester and an MBA from the 
William E. Simon Graduate School of Business Administration of the 
University of Rochester. 

Corporate Governance 

General 

Pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the state in which we were organized, and our By-laws, 
our business, property and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Directors.  Members of our Board of 
Directors are kept informed of Company business through regular discussions with our President and Chief Executive 
Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary, by reviewing materials provided to them by the Company’s 
management and by participating in meetings of the Board and its committees.   

Our Board of Directors has determined that all but one of our directors, Michael D. Popielec, who serves as our President 
and Chief Executive Officer, are “independent” for purposes of NASDAQ listing standards applicable to the Corporate 
Development and Governance Committee and the Compensation and Management Committee.  In addition, our Board of 
Directors has determined that all but two of our Directors, Michael D. Popielec and Bradford T. Whitmore, our Board Chair, 
are independent for purposes of NASDAQ listing standards applicable to the Audit and Finance Committee.  We believe that 
the segregation of the roles of Board Chair from that of the President and Chief Executive Officer ensures better overall 
governance of our Company and provides meaningful checks and balances regarding our overall performance.  This 
structure allows our President and Chief Executive Officer to focus on our business while the Board Chair leads our Board of 
Directors in establishing corporate policy and enhancing our governance structure and practices.  

Our Board of Directors has three standing committees:  an Audit and Finance Committee, a Corporate Development and 
Governance Committee, and a Compensation and Management Committee.  During 2016, our Board of Directors held six 
meetings and the committees of our Board of Directors held a total of eighteen meetings.  During 2016, Bradford T. 
Whitmore served as our Board Chair.  As Board Chair, Mr. Whitmore served as a non-voting ex-officio member of all of our 
Board committees.  Each director attended at least 75% of the aggregate of: (1) the total number of meetings of the Board; 
and (2) the total number of meetings held by all committees of the Board on which he or she served. 

Our Board of Directors has adopted a charter for each of the three standing committees that addresses the composition and 
function of each committee and has also adopted Corporate Governance Principles that address the composition and function 
of the Board of Directors.  These charters and Corporate Governance Principles are available on our website at 
http://investor.ultralifecorporation.com under the subheading “Corporate Governance.”  Pursuant to our Corporate 
Governance Principles, it is our policy that directors retire from service at the annual meeting following their 70th birthday. 

Our Board of Directors has determined that all of the directors who serve on these committees are “independent” for 
purposes of NASDAQ listing standards, and that the members of the Audit and Finance Committee are also “independent” 
for purposes of Section 10A(m)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to in this proxy 
statement as the Exchange Act.  Our Board of Directors based these determinations primarily on a review of the responses of 
the directors to questions regarding employment, compensation history, affiliations and family and other relationships, and 
on follow-up discussions. 

Committees of the Board of Directors 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The composition and the functions of our three standing committees of our Board of Directors are set forth below.  Our 
Board of Directors will meet subsequent to the Meeting to appoint members of the committees and designate Chairs of those 
committees from among those individuals elected at the Meeting to serve on our Board of Directors until the 2018 Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders. 

Audit and Finance Committee 

The current members of the Audit and Finance Committee are Thomas L. Saeli (Chair), Steven M. Anderson and Ranjit C. 
Singh.  This committee selects our independent registered public accounting firm, subject to ratification of our full Board of 
Directors, and has oversight responsibility for reviewing the scope and results of the independent registered public 
accounting firm’s annual audit of our financial statements and the quality and integrity of those financial statements.  
Further, the committee reviews the qualifications and independence of the independent registered public accounting firm, 
and meets with our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and the independent registered public accounting firm to review 
matters relating to internal accounting controls, our accounting practices and procedures and other matters relating to our 
financial condition.  The committee also reviews and monitors areas of financial risk that could have a material impact on 
our Company.  The Audit and Finance Committee met six times during 2016. 

Our Board of Directors has determined that each of the members of the Audit and Finance Committee is “financially literate” 
in accordance with NASDAQ listing standards.  In addition, our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Saeli qualifies 
as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. 

Corporate Development and Governance Committee 

The current members of the Corporate Development and Governance Committee are Ranjit C. Singh (Chair), Steven M. 
Anderson and Robert W. Shaw II.  This committee works with management to develop corporate strategy and to identify and 
evaluate acquisition opportunities, reviews the performance and compensation of our directors, makes recommendations to 
our Board of Directors for membership and committee assignments and for the compensation of our directors, and manages 
the annual evaluation of the performance of our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Board Chair.  The Corporate 
Development and Governance Committee met seven times during 2016.   

The Corporate Development and Governance Committee identifies potential nominees for director based on its own research 
for appropriate candidates as well as on recommendations received by directors or from shareholders as described below.  
The Corporate Development and Governance Committee may retain an executive search firm to assist in the identification of 
potential director nominees.  The evaluation process and the factors considered in undertaking that evaluation are set forth 
under the caption “Shareholder Recommendations and Standards for Director Nominations” below. 

The Corporate Development and Governance Committee also has overall responsibility for assessing and managing our 
exposure to risks associated with the conduct of our business. 

Compensation and Management Committee 

The current members of the Compensation and Management Committee are Robert W. Shaw II (Chair), Steven M. 
Anderson and Thomas L. Saeli.  The Compensation and Management Committee has ultimate responsibility for determining 
the compensation of officers elected by our Board of Directors, granting stock options and other equity awards and otherwise 
administering our equity compensation plans, and approving and administering any other compensation plans or agreements.  
The Compensation and Management Committee has the authority to retain outside experts in making compensation 
determinations.   Our 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2014 LTIP”) is administered by the Compensation and Management 
Committee.  The Compensation and Management Committee met five times during 2016. 

Shareholder Recommendations and Standards for Director Nominations 

As noted above, the Corporate Development and Governance Committee considers and establishes procedures regarding 
recommendations for nomination to our Board of Directors, including nominations submitted by shareholders.  Such 
recommendations, if any, should be sent to Corporate Secretary, Attn: Philip A. Fain, Ultralife Corporation, 2000 
Technology Parkway, Newark, New York 14513.  Any recommendations submitted to the Corporate Secretary should be in 
writing and should include any material the shareholder considers appropriate in support of that recommendation, but must 
include the information that would be required under the rules of the SEC in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the 
election of such candidate and a signed consent of the candidate to serve as a director, should he or she be elected.  The 
Corporate Development and Governance Committee evaluates all potential candidates in the same manner, regardless of the 
source of the recommendation. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Based on the information provided to the Corporate Development and Governance Committee with respect to director 
candidates, the Corporate Development and Governance Committee will make an initial determination whether to conduct a 
full evaluation of a candidate.  The Corporate Development and Governance Committee considers the composition and size 
of the existing Board of Directors, along with other factors, in making its determination to conduct a full evaluation of a 
candidate.  As part of the full evaluation process, the Corporate Development and Governance Committee may conduct 
interviews, obtain additional background information and conduct reference checks of candidates.  The Corporate 
Development and Governance Committee may also ask the candidate to meet with management and other members of our 
Board of Directors.  In evaluating a candidate, our Board of Directors, with the assistance of the Corporate Development and 
Governance Committee, takes into account a variety of factors as described in our Corporate Governance Principles, 
including the particular experience, attributes and skills that would qualify the candidate to serve as a director.  The criteria 
for selection to our Board of Directors include character and leadership skills; general business acumen and executive 
experience; knowledge of strategy, finance and relations between business and government; and internal business operations 
– all to ensure an active Board of Directors whose members work well together and possess the collective knowledge and 
expertise required to meaningfully contribute as directors.  Our Corporate Development and Governance Committee reviews 
the qualifications of director candidates with those of our current directors to augment and complement the skill sets of our 
current Board members.  We believe that it is important for our Board of Directors to be comprised of individuals with 
diverse backgrounds, skills and experiences.  Although we do not have a formal diversity policy and identify qualified 
potential candidates without regard to any particular classification, we believe that possessing a breadth of experience and 
qualifications, as our Board does, promotes Board diversity. 

Annual Meeting Attendance 

Our policy is that all of the directors, absent special circumstances, should participate in our Annual Meeting of 
Shareholders, either in person or telephonically.  All directors participated in last year’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders.  

Executive Sessions 

Our Corporate Governance Principles require our independent directors to meet in executive session regularly by requiring 
them to have at least four regularly scheduled meetings per year without management present.  Our independent directors 
met in executive session six times during 2016.  In addition, our standing committees meet in executive session on a regular 
basis. 

Communicating with the Board of Directors 

Shareholders interested in communicating directly with our Board of Directors as a group or individually may do so in 
writing to our Corporate Secretary, Attn. Philip A. Fain, Ultralife Corporation, 2000 Technology Parkway, Newark, New 
York 14513.  The Corporate Secretary will review all such correspondence and forward to our Board of Directors a summary 
of that correspondence and copies of any correspondence that, in his opinion, deals with the functions of the Board of 
Directors or that he otherwise determines requires their attention.  Directors may at any time review a log of all 
correspondence received by us that is addressed to members of the Board of Directors and request copies of any such 
correspondence.  Any concerns relating to accounting, internal controls or auditing matters will be brought to the attention of 
the Audit and Finance Committee and handled in accordance with the procedures established by the Audit and Finance 
Committee with respect to such matters. 

Risk Management 

Our management team is responsible for assisting the Corporate Development and Governance Committee in its assessment 
of our exposure to risks associated with the conduct of business.  We have an enterprise risk management process to identify, 
assess and manage the most significant risks facing our Company.  Our Corporate Development and Governance Committee 
has overall responsibility to review management’s risk management process, including the policies and guidelines used by 
management to identify, assess and manage our exposure to risk.  Our Audit and Finance Committee has oversight 
responsibility for financial risks and other risks that could have a material impact on our Company.  Our management 
reviews these financial risks with our Audit and Finance Committee regularly and reviews the risk management process, as it 
affects financial risks, with our Audit and Finance Committee on an on-going basis. 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance 

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors, executive officers and persons who own  more than 10% of our 
common stock to file with the SEC initial reports of beneficial ownership and reports of changes in beneficial ownership of 
our common  stock  and our other equity  securities.  To our  knowledge, based  solely on the  written representations of  our 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
directors  and  executive  officers  and  the  copies  of  such  reports  filed  with  the  SEC  during  2016,  all  Section  16(a)  filings 
applicable to our officers, directors and more than 10% beneficial owners were filed in a timely manner with the following 
exception.  One of our directors, Robert W. Shaw II, failed to file a report on Form 4 required under Section 16(a) of the 
Exchange Act of 1934 on a timely basis in 2016.  A Form 4 was filed by Mr. Shaw on May 16, 2016, to disclose Mr. Shaw’s 
acquisition  of  3,000  shares  of  our  common  stock.    The  transaction  was  not  reported  timely  as  a  result  of  an  inadvertent 
administrative oversight. 

Code of Ethics 

We have a Code of Ethics applicable to all employees, including our executive officers and all members of our Board of 
Directors.  Our Code of Ethics incorporates the elements of a code of ethics specified in Item 406 of Regulation S-K and also 
complies  with  NASDAQ  requirements  for  a  code  of  conduct.  Shareholders  can  find  a  link  to  this  Code  of  Ethics  on  our 
website at http://investor.ultralifecorporation.com under the subheading “Corporate Governance.”   

Our  Code  of  Ethics  emphasizes  our  commitment  to  conducting  business  in  a  legal  and  ethical  manner  and  encourages 
prompt and confidential reporting of any suspected violations of law or the Code of Ethics.  As part of our Code of Ethics, 
directors and employees are expected  to  make business decisions and to take  actions based upon the best interests of our 
Company  and  not  based  upon  personal  relationships  or  benefits.    In  conjunction  with  our  Code  of  Ethics,  our  General 
Counsel conducts an annual training session with our Board of Directors with emphasis on all facets of compliance with new 
and existing regulations and best practices.  Any potential conflict of interest, and any transaction or relationship involving 
our  officers  or  directors  that  could  give  rise  to  a  conflict  of  interest,  must  be  reviewed  and  resolved  by  our  Corporate 
Development and Governance Committee. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

Director Compensation  

We  presently  use  cash  compensation  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  candidates  to  serve  on  our  Board  of  Directors.    Our 
practice  is  to  survey  our  peer  group  companies  every  three  to  four  years  to  ascertain  whether  our  overall  director 
compensation is appropriate and balanced.  If we perceive that there has been a major change in our Company or the market, 
we may reduce the period of time between surveys.  In setting director compensation, we consider the amount of time that 
directors  spend  fulfilling  their  duties  to  us,  the  skill-level  required  by  members  of  our  Board  of  Directors,  and,  based  on 
publicly available data, the compensation paid to directors in similar sized organizations in our industry.  Our program  is 
designed  to  deliver  annual  director  compensation  at  the  median  levels  of  director  compensation  for  companies  in  similar 
industries and of similar size.  Our annual director compensation period runs from July 1 to June 30. 

Annual Retainers  

Each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer of $65,000, except for the Board Chair, who will receive an 
annual cash retainer of $95,000 for the period July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017. Each non-employee director received an 
annual cash retainer of $60,000, except for the Board Chair, who received an annual cash retainer of $90,000 for the period 
July 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016.  In addition, each director who is a member of a Board committee receives an additional 
cash retainer for such committee service.  Annual retainers for Board committee service for the periods July 1, 2015 to June 
30, 2016 and July 1, 2016 to June 30, 2017 were as follows: 

Audit and Finance Committee 
Compensation and Management Committee 
Corporate Development and Governance            
Committee 

Annual Retainer for 
Committee Members 
$6,750 
$5,250 

Annual Retainer for 
Committee Chair 
$16,750 
$13,250 

$6,750 

$16,750 

Annual retainers  for both committee  members and committee chairs are paid quarterly in cash. For Board and committee 
service during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, we paid our non-employee directors an aggregate $426,768. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our non-employee directors have stock ownership guidelines that require them to maintain ownership of at least $40,000 of 
our common stock.  Newly elected directors have two years from their election to the Board to achieve the stock ownership 
requirement.    Currently,  all  of  our  non-employee  directors  meet  the  stock  ownership  guidelines.    Refer  to  the  Executive 
Officer Compensation section contained herein for stock ownership guidelines for our executive officers. 

Director Compensation Table 

The table below summarizes the compensation paid by us to our non-employee directors for their service during the fiscal 
year ended December 31, 2016. 

Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash ($)

81,256

84,504

84,254

84,254

92,500

Stock
Awards
(2)

Option
Awards
(3)

Non- Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
(4)

Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
(5)

All Other 
Compensation
(6)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total

81,256

84,504

84,254

84,254

92,500

Name
(1)

Steven. M. Anderson

Thomas L. Saeli

Robert W. Shaw II

Ranjit C. Singh

Bradford T. Whitmore

(1)  Michael D. Popielec, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is ineligible to receive compensation for his service 

as a director because he is also an employee.  Refer to the Summary Compensation Table for the compensation of our 
executive officers. 

(2) 

There were no stock awards granted to our non-employee directors during 2016 or outstanding at December 31, 
2016. 

(3)      There were no option awards granted to our non-employee directors during 2016 or outstanding at December 31, 

2016.  

(4)     There was no non-equity incentive plan compensation paid to our non-employee directors for the fiscal year ended 

December 31, 2016. 

(5) 

There were no deferred compensation earnings for our non-employee directors for the fiscal year ended December 
31, 2016. 

(6)   There was no other compensation paid to our non-employee directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. 

Executive Officer Compensation 

This Amendment No. 1 provides certain information relating to the compensation of our named executive officers.  We have 
determined that Messrs. Popielec and Fain were our only named executive officers for 2016. 

As  a  smaller  reporting  company  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  we  are  providing  executive 
compensation  information  in  accordance  with  the  scaled  disclosure  requirements  of  Regulation  S-K.    As  a  result, 
Compensation Disclosure and Analysis (“CD&A”) and certain other disclosures are not included. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary Compensation Table 

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation earned by or awarded to our executive officers for 
their services in all capacities to us during 2016 and 2015: 

Name and 
Principal Position

Michael D. Popielec
President and Chief Executive Officer

Philip A. Fain
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

Salary ($)
(1)

Bonus ($)
(2)

500,160
505,401

309,311
303,737

-
236,455

-
87,738

Year

2016
2015

2016
2015

Stock 
Awards ($)
(3)

-
-

-
-

Option

All Other

Awards ($) Compensation ($)

(4)

75,398
86,600

37,969
41,283

(5)

18,166
18,075

9,769
10,040

Total
($)

593,724
846,531

357,049
442,798

(1)  Amounts shown represent base salary cash compensation paid during the respective years.  Amounts may differ from 
amounts earned due to timing of payroll periods.  Refer to the “Narrative to Summary Compensation Table” for further 
information.  

(2)  Amounts shown represent short-term incentive plan (“STIP”) cash awards earned during the respective years and paid in 

the subsequent year.  Refer to the “Narrative to Summary Compensation Table” for further information. 

(3)  There were no stock awards granted during fiscal years 2016 and 2015. 

(4)  Amounts  shown  represent  the  aggregate  grant  date  fair  value  of  stock  options  awarded  during  the  respective  years 
computed  in  accordance  with  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  Accounting  Standards  Codification  Topic  718 
(“ASC 718”).  See Note 8 and Note 9 to our audited financial statements included in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K 
for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, for the assumptions used in valuing 
these stock options in accordance with ASC 718.  Refer to the “Narrative to Summary Compensation Table” for further 
information. 

(5)  Amounts shown as “All Other Compensation” consist of the following:   

401(k) Plan 
Employer 
Match 
($) 

5,300 

5,200 

5,300 

5,300 

Other 
Benefits (a) 
($) 

12,866 

12,875 

4,469 

4,740 

Total 
($) 

18,166 

18,075 

9,769 

10,040 

Michael D. Popielec 

2016 

Philip A. Fain 

2015 

2016 

2015 

(a)  The “Other Benefits” column of the above table includes premiums paid for group medical and dental 

coverage and long-term care insurance, reimbursement for tax preparation and certain financial planning 
expenses.   

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table 

Compensation Overview 

Our  executive  compensation  program  is  evaluated  and  approved  each  year  by  our  Compensation  and  Management 
Committee.  Annual total compensation for our executive officers is comprised of the following key components: 

(cid:120)  Base salary; 

(cid:120)  Short-term incentive plan (“STIP”); 

(cid:120)  Long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”); and 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:120)  Limited perquisites and other benefits. 

Our  executive  compensation  program  is  structured  to  align  the  interests  of  our  executive  officers  with  those  of  our 
shareholders by rewarding performance that achieves successful execution of our business strategy, grows our business and 
increases  shareholder  value.    Our  executive  rewards  program  is  designed  to  incentivize  our  executive  officers  to  achieve 
strong  financial,  operational  and  strategic  performance  and  to  provide  a  link  between  the  compensation  earned  by  our 
executives  and  the  creation  of  long-term  sustainable  value.    The  Compensation  and  Management  Committee  establishes 
specific  annual,  long-term  and  strategic  goals  and  seeks  to  reward  our  executive  officers  for  performance  that  meets  or 
exceeds  those  goals.    In  addition,  we  expect  our  executive  officers  to  work  toward  achievement  of  these  goals  while 
maintaining the highest ethical standards. 

Base Salary 

The  Compensation  and  Management  Committee  evaluates  the  performance  of  Mr.  Popielec,  our  President  and  Chief 
Executive  Officer,  and  presents  its  evaluation  and  recommendation  for  base  salary  adjustment,  if  any,  to  the  Board  of 
Directors  for  approval.  Mr.  Popielec  evaluates  the  performance  of  Mr.  Fain,  our  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Treasurer  and 
Secretary, and presents his evaluation and recommendation for a base salary adjustment, if any, to the Compensation and 
Management Committee, which, in turn, may recommend acceptance of or adjustment to such base salary recommendation 
to the Board of Directors.    If adjustments to base salaries are recommended and approved, the adjustments are made to be 
effective for a period ranging from twelve to fifteen months from the date of the last salary adjustment. 

In May 2016, the Board of Directors, at the recommendation of the Compensation and Management Committee, approved a 
base salary increase of 4.0% for Mr. Popielec ($486,683 to $506,150) and for Mr. Fain ($300,976 to $313,015).  The salary 
increases were approved by the Committee based on a number of factors including individual and Company performance.   
Other than these adjustments, no further changes were made to the base salaries of our executive officers during 2016.  

In March 2015, the Board of Directors, at the recommendation of the Compensation and Management Committee, approved 
a base salary increase of 5% for Mr. Fain ($286,650 to $300,976).  Mr. Popielec’s base salary was not adjusted during 2015. 

Short-Term Incentive Plan 

Our Compensation Committee establishes a STIP each fiscal year to provide our executive officers an opportunity to earn an 
annual  cash  award  in  addition  to  their  base  salaries.    The  STIP  is  designed  to  place  “at  risk”  a  significant  portion  of  the 
annual total cash compensation of our executive officers to incentivize them to achieve our short-term financial objectives 
while  making  progress  toward  our  longer  term  goals.    Generally,  the  STIP  target  levels  are  set  such  that,  assuming 
achievement  of  pre-established  performance  metrics,  the  combined  annual  base  salary  and  STIP  award  for  our  executive 
officers will be at or near the 50th percentile for executive officers at the companies in our peer group.   

For 2016, the STIP target bonus levels for Messrs. Popielec and Fain were 75% and 50% of their respective base salaries.  
The performance goals to be achieved to be awarded the STIP targeted bonus for 2016 were consolidated operating profit 
and revenue goals of $7.1 million and $102.6 million, respectively, as measured pursuant to generally accepted accounting 
standards.    The  STIP  award  was  structured  with  a  70%  weighting  on  the  consolidated  operating  profit  goal  and  a  30% 
weighting on the consolidated revenue goal.  Achievement of less than 75% of the operating profit goal or less than 90% of 
the revenue goal would result in no award being earned with respect to that metric.  Achievement of 75% to 100% of the 
operating profit goal and achievement of 90% to 100% of the revenue goal would result in an award ranging from 50% to 
100% of the target award with respect to the metric for which such performance levels had been achieved.  Achievement of 
over  100%  to  135%  of  the  operating  profit  goal  and  over  100%  to  125%  of  the  revenue  goal  would  result  in  an  award 
ranging  from  101%  to  150%  of  the  target  award  with  respect  to  the  metric  for  which  such  performance  levels  had  been 
achieved.  Our executive officers were eligible for a partial award if one of the two metrics was achieved.   

Based on our 2016 financial performance, our executive officers did not earn a STIP award for 2016.  

For 2015, the STIP target bonus levels for Mr. Popielec and Mr. Fain were 75% and 45% of their respective base salaries.  
The STIP target bonus levels were based on pre-established 2015 consolidated operating profit and revenue goals of $3.75 
million  and  $80.3  million,  respectively.    The  STIP  was  structured  with  70%  of  the  award  weighted  on  the  consolidated 
operating profit goal and 30% weighted on the consolidated revenue goal.  Achievement of less than 75% of the operating 
profit  goal  or  less  than  89%  of  the  revenue  goal  would  result  in  no  award  being  earned  with  respect  to  that  metric.  
Achievement of 75% to 100% of the operating profit goal and achievement of 89% to 100% of the revenue goal would result 
in an award ranging from 50% to 70% of the target award with respect to the metric for which such performance levels had 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
been achieved.  Achievement of 127% to 160% of the operating profit goal and 107% to 118% of the revenue goal would 
result in an award ranging from 100% to 150% of the target award with respect to the metric for which such performance 
levels had been achieved.  Our executive officers were eligible for partial awards if one of the two metrics was achieved.   

Based on our 2015 financial performance, Messrs. Popielec and Fain earned STIP awards for 2015 of $236,455 and $87,738, 
respectively, which were paid in March 2016. 

Long-Term Incentive Plan 

Stock options and other equity awards are used to align the interests of our executive officers with those of our shareholders 
by incentivizing our executive officers to achieve long-term growth and sustainable shareholder value.   

Refer to “Outstanding Equity Awards” for stock options granted during 2016 and 2015.  There were no other equity-based 
awards granted to our executive officers during 2016 and 2015. 

Retirement Benefits 

We provide a tax-qualified 401(k) plan to all active employees that provides for both employer and employee 
contributions.  Under this plan, employees may contribute a portion of their eligible cash compensation to the plan.  We 
provide a company match of 50% of an employee’s contributions, up to a maximum of 4% of the employee’s annual 
salary. 

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits 

We provide our executive officers with certain perquisites and other personal benefits which are consistent with the 
objectives of our overall compensation program to better enable us to attract and retain superior employees for key 
positions.  The Compensation and Management Committee periodically reviews the levels of such perquisites and other 
personal benefits to ensure they remain at appropriate levels.  The aggregate incremental costs of the perquisites and other 
personal benefits provided to our executive officers are included in the “All Other Compensation” column of the 
Summary Compensation Table. 

Outstanding Equity Awards 

The following table sets forth information concerning the number of shares underlying exercisable and non-exercisable stock 
option awards outstanding at December 31, 2016 for our executive officers. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name

Michael D. Popielec

Philip A. Fain

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable

Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned 
Options (#)

50,000
250,000
50,000
-
-
13,334
6,667
-

25,000
50,000
20,000
46,667
10,000
-

-
-
-
-
-
26,666 (3)
13,333 (4)
40,000 (5)

-
-
-
23,333 (6)
20,000 (7)
20,000 (8)

-
-
-
200,000 (2)
200,000 (2)
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-
-

Option
Exercise
Price ($)

Option 
Expiration
Date

6.4218
6.4218
6.5820
10.0000
15.0000
3.7103
3.7876
4.2902

6.9061
4.4218
3.9797
3.9384
3.7103
4.2902

(1)
(1)

12/30/2017
12/30/2017
12/30/2017
12/30/2020
12/30/2020
3/3/2022
3/5/2022
6/1/2023

12/3/2017
12/9/2018
1/3/2019
3/4/2021
3/3/2022
6/1/2023

(1)  On April 19, 2017, our Board of Directors, on recommendation of the Compensation and Management Committee, 
extended the option expiration date from December 30, 2017 to December 30, 2020, pursuant to the Company’s 
Amended and Restated 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan. 

(2)  Stock options were granted to Mr. Popielec under the terms of his employment agreement and begin to vest on the 

date our common stock first reaches a closing price equal to the exercise price for 15 trading days in a 30-day trading 
period, with such vesting in equal amounts on the four anniversary dates of that date.  All such options expire as of 
the later of December 31, 2017 and five years after the initial vesting commences, but in no event later than 
December 31, 2020. 

(3)  On March 3, 2015, our Board of Directors, on recommendation of the Compensation and Management Committee, 

granted to Mr. Popielec the option to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock. This option vested with respect to 
13,334 shares and 13,333 shares on March 3, 2016 and March 3, 2017, respectively, and will vest with respect to 
13,333 shares on March 3, 2018. 

(4)  On March 5, 2015, our Board of Directors, on recommendation of the Compensation and Management Committee, 

granted to Mr. Popielec the option to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock. This option vested with respect to 
6,667 shares and 6,667 shares on March 5, 2016 and March 5, 2017, respectively, and will vest with respect to 6,666 
shares on March 5, 2018. 

(5)  On June 1, 2016, our Board of Directors, on recommendation of the Compensation and Management Committee, 

granted to Mr. Popielec the option to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock. This option will vest with respect 
to 13,334 shares on June 1, 2017, 13,333 shares on June 1, 2018 and 13,333 shares on June 1, 2019. 

(6)  On March 4, 2014, our Board of Directors, on recommendation of the Compensation and Management Committee, 

granted to Mr. Fain the option to purchase 70,000 shares of our common stock. This option vested with respect to 
23,334 shares on March 4, 2015, 23,333 shares on March 4, 2016 and 23,333 shares on March 4, 2017. 

(7)  On March 3, 2015, our Board of Directors, on recommendation of the Compensation and Management Committee, 

granted to Mr. Fain the option to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock. This option vested with respect to 
10,000 shares on March 3, 2016 and 10,000 shares on March 3, 2017, and will vest with respect to 10,000 shares on 
March 3, 2018. 

(8)  On June 1, 2016, our Board of Directors, on recommendation of the Compensation and Management Committee, 

granted to Mr. Fain the option to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock. This option will vest with respect to 
6,667 shares on June 1, 2017, 6,667 shares on June 1, 2018 and 6,666 shares on June 1, 2019.   

16 

 
 
 
There were no other equity awards outstanding at December 31, 2016 for our executive officers. 

Employment Arrangements  

On December 6, 2010, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Popielec, providing that Mr. Popielec 
would become our President and Chief Executive Officer effective December 30, 2010.  Mr. Popielec’s annual base salary 
was set at $450,000 subject to adjustment.  Mr. Popielec is also eligible to receive an annual cash bonus under our short-term 
incentive plan if we meet or exceed certain quantitative and qualitative performance metrics to be agreed upon and approved 
by the Compensation Committee  no later  than January 31 of  the  year  for  which  the bonus applies.  The bonus goals and 
payout ranges for 2016 are set forth on Page 17.   

Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Popielec was granted options to purchase shares of our common 
stock.  Certain of the options granted were conditional and subject to shareholder approval to increase the number of shares 
available under our Amended and Restated 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“Restated 2004 LTIP”).  Shareholder approval 
was  obtained  in  June  2011.  All  options  awarded  to  Mr.  Popielec  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  his  employee  agreement  were 
outstanding as of December 31, 2016.  Refer to the Outstanding Equity Awards section. 

Mr. Popielec is also entitled to receive the retirement benefits, perquisites and other personal benefits described in this proxy 
statement under the sections entitled “Retirement Benefits” and “Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits”. 

The  employment  agreement  provides  that  Mr.  Popielec’s  employment  is  “at  will.”    Mr.  Popielec  is  entitled  to  certain 
severance  benefits  if  the  Company  terminates  his  employment  without  Business  Reasons  or  a  Constructive  Termination 
occurs (as those terms are defined in the employment agreement), including (i) salary continuation for a period of 12 months 
following  the  termination  date;  (ii) a  pro  rata  amount  (calculated  on  a  per  diem  basis)  of  the  full-year  bonus  which  Mr. 
Popielec  would  have  earned  for  the  calendar  year  in  which  the  termination  of  employment  occurs;  (iii) acceleration  of 
vesting of all outstanding stock options and other equity awards to the extent that the outstanding options and other equity 
awards would otherwise have vested no more than 18 months after the date of termination, and all such options and other 
equity awards shall remain exercisable for one year following the termination date or through the original expiration date, if 
earlier; (iv) continuation of health benefits for Mr. Popielec, his spouse and any dependent children for a period of 12 months 
after  the  termination  date  followed  by  18  months  of  executive-paid  COBRA  eligibility.    In  addition,  if  we  terminate  the 
employment of Mr. Popielec within 12 months following the occurrence of a Change in Control, without Business Reasons 
or if a Constructive Termination occurs (as those terms are defined in the employment agreement), then Mr. Popielec shall 
be  entitled  to  receive  (i) any  earned  but  unpaid  salary,  any  unpaid  bonus  from  the  prior  year  plus  an  amount  equal  to  18 
months of his base salary as then in effect, payable immediately upon the termination date; (ii) one and one-half times his 
target bonus for the calendar year in which the termination date occurs; (iii) acceleration of vesting of all outstanding stock 
options and other equity awards, which are to remain exercisable for 18 months following the termination date, or through 
the original expiration date,  if earlier; (iv) continuation of  health benefits  for Mr. Popielec, his  spouse and any dependent 
children  for  a  period  of  24  months  after  the  termination  date.    To  the  extent  the  vesting  and/or  accelerated  payment  of 
outstanding stock options would subject Mr. Popielec to the imposition of tax and/or penalties under Section 409A of the 
Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), the vesting and/or payment of such stock options and other equity shall be delayed to 
the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of such tax and/or penalties.  The employment agreement also provides for the 
continuation  of  certain  benefits  in  the  event  Mr.  Popielec’s  employment  is  terminated  for  Disability  (as  defined  in  the 
employment agreement) or by his death.  Mr. Popielec has also executed an Employee Confidentiality Non-Disclosure, Non-
Compete, Non-Disparagement and Assignment Agreement in our standard form. 

We do not have an employment agreement with Mr. Fain.   

Retirement Benefits and Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control 

The only arrangement that we maintain that provides for retirement benefits is our tax-qualified defined contribution 
401(k) plan.  The material terms of our tax-qualified defined contribution 401(k) plan are summarized above under the 
heading “Retirement Benefits.” 

All of the potential payments and benefits payable by us to those of our executive officers in the event of various 
circumstances involving either a termination of employment or change in control are determined pursuant to the 
employment agreement with Mr. Popielec or the Restated 2004 LTIP.   

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The employment agreement with Mr. Popielec is summarized above under the heading “Employment Arrangements” on 
page 15. We do not have an employment agreement with Mr. Fain.  Under the Restated 2004 LTIP and 2014 LTIP, all 
outstanding unvested stock options and other equity awards immediately vest upon the occurrence of a “Change in 
Control” (as defined by the respective plan). 

Stock Ownership Guidelines 

In order to better align the interests of our executive officers and shareholders, the Compensation Committee 
implemented stock ownership requirements for our executive officers.  The stock ownership requirements for our 
executive officers are as follows: 

President & CEO 

Chief Financial Officer  

1.00 times salary 

0.50 times salary 

For 2016, the Compensation Committee established the presumed share price to be used for purposes of determining the 
minimum number of shares to be owned by the executive officers.  This presumed price was $4.98 per share, which was 
based on the volume weighted average price (“VWAP”), calculated as an amount equal to the sum of all dollars traded for 
every transaction in our common stock for the two-year period ended December 31, 2015 divided by the total shares 
traded for such two-year period.  Each year the Compensation Committee will establish a new price per share to be used 
to determine the minimum number of shares required to be held which will be based on the VWAP of our common stock 
for the preceding two-year period.  Executive officers have three years from the date of hire to achieve the required 
holdings, which are based on the price per share as calculated above.  Additionally, our stock ownership policy requires 
that until the share ownership guidelines are met, executive officers are prohibited from disposing of more than 50% of 
vested shares received from restricted share grants (on an after tax basis) and 50% of shares received on exercise of stock 
options.  Shares owned by an executive, as well as shares underlying awards of stock options and restricted stock are 
treated as owned by the executive for purposes of determining whether required ownership has been achieved.  Our 
executive officers have met their respective stock ownership requirement.   

ITEM 12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners 

The table below shows certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock as of April 27, 
2017 by each person known by us to beneficially own more than five percent of the outstanding shares of our common stock, 
with percentages based on 15,490,305 shares issued and outstanding.   

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner 

Bradford T. Whitmore (1)  
1560 Sherman Avenue, Suite 900 
Evanston, IL 60201 

NGP Energy Technology Partners II, L.P. (2) 
1700 K Street NW, Suite 750 
Washington, D.C. 20006 

Number of Shares 
Beneficially Owned 

Percent of Class 
Beneficially Owned 

5,363,073 

34.6% 

950,721 

6.1% 

 (1)  This information as to the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock is based on the Form 4 dated 

February 24, 2016 filed with the SEC by Grace Brothers, Ltd., an Illinois limited partnership, Bradford T. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Whitmore individually and as general partner of Grace Brothers, Ltd. and as manager and sole voting member of 
Sunray I, LLC, Spurgeon Corporation, as general partner of Grace Brothers, Ltd. and Sunray I, LLC, a Delaware 
limited liability company that reports beneficial ownership of 5,298,229 shares of our common stock.  Mr. 
Whitmore reports sole voting and dispositive power with respect to 4,844,457 of such shares, of which 4,452,283 
shares are held in the name of Sunray I, LLC.  Grace Brothers, Ltd., Mr. Whitmore and Spurgeon Corporation 
report shared voting and dispositive power with respect to 518,616 of such shares.  

 (2)  This information as to the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock is based on Amendment No. 2 to 
Schedule 13G dated April 5, 2016 filed with the SEC by NGP Energy Technology Partners II, L.P. (a Delaware 
limited partnership which owns the reported securities), NGP ETP II, L.L.C., the general partner of NGP Energy 
Technology Partners II, L.P, Energy Technology Partners, L.L.C., the sole manager of NGP ETP II, L.L.C., and 
Philip J. Deutch, the sole member and manager of Energy Technology Partners, L.L.C. and the manager of NGP 
ETP II, L.L.C.  Mr. Deutch is also a member of the investment committee of NGP ETP II, L.L.C.  NGP Energy 
Technology Partners II, L.P. reports sole voting and dispositive power with respect to all 950,721 shares.  By 
virtue of the relationships between and among the reporting persons, NGP ETP II, L.L.C., Energy Technology 
Partners, L.L.C. and Mr. Deutch may be deemed to have the power to direct the voting and disposition of the 
shares of common stock beneficially owned by NGP Energy Technology Partners II, L.P.  NGP ETP II, L.L.C., 
Energy Technology Partners, L.L.C. and Mr. Deutch disclaim beneficial ownership of the reported securities 
except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. 

Security Ownership of Management 

The table below shows certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock as of April 27, 
2017 by (1) each of our directors, (2) each of our executive officers, and (3) all of our directors and executive officers as a 
group. 

Name of Beneficial Owner (1) 

Number of Shares 
Beneficially Owned (1) 

Percent of Class 
Beneficially Owned (2) 

Steven M. Anderson 

Michael D. Popielec 

Thomas L. Saeli  

Robert W. Shaw II 

Ranjit C. Singh 

Bradford T. Whitmore 

Philip A. Fain 

All Directors and Executive 
Officers as a group (7 persons) 
___________________________ 

*Less than 1% 

18,500 

* 

    673,623 (3) 

               1.7% (7) 

52,246 

46,280 

79,801  

5,363,073 (4) 

   258,115 (5) 

* 

* 

* 

34.6% 

* 

6,491,638 (6) 

              38.1% (7) 

(1)  Except as otherwise indicated, the shareholders named in this table have sole voting and investment power with 
respect to the shares of our common stock beneficially owned by them.  The information provided in this table is 
based upon information provided to us by such shareholders.  The table reports beneficial ownership for our 
directors and executive officers in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.  This means all our 
securities over which directors and executive officers directly or indirectly have or share voting or investment 
power are listed as beneficially owned.  The amounts also include shares that may be acquired by exercise of 
stock options prior to July 21, 2017, which shares are referred to in the footnotes to this table as “shares subject 
to options that may be exercised.”  

(2)  Based on 15,490,305 shares issued and outstanding.  

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3)  The amount shown includes 403,335 shares subject to options that may be exercised by Mr. Popielec prior to 

July 21, 2017. 

(4)  The amount shown includes 518,616 shares beneficially owned by Grace Brothers, Ltd., an Illinois limited 

partnership, held in a margin account, and Spurgeon Corporation, which is a general partner of Grace Brothers, 
Ltd.  Mr. Whitmore is a general partner of Grace Brothers, Ltd.  See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial 
Owners” above for more information about Grace Brothers, Ltd. 

(5)  The amount shown includes 191,667 shares subject to options that may be exercised by Mr. Fain prior to July 

21, 2017. 

(6)  The amount shown includes 595,002 shares subject to options that may be exercised by Directors and executive 

officers. 

(7)  Percentages exclude shares subject to options that may be exercised by Directors and Executive Officers. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 

The following table summarizes compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance as of 
December 31, 2016. 

Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(a) 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(b) 

Number of securities remaining 
available for future issuance under 
equity compensation plans 
(excluding securities reflected in 
column (a) 
(c) 

2,323,581 

$6.22 

1,053,112 

- 

2,323,581 

- 

$6.22 

-                              

1,053,112 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation 
plans approved by 
security holders 

Equity compensation 
plans not approved by 
security holders 

Total 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE  

Related Party Transactions 

We  have  adopted  written  policies  and  procedures  for  the  review  and  approval  or  ratification  of  any  “related  party 
transaction,”  as  defined  by  Regulation  S-K,  Item  404.    The  policy  provides  that  each  related  party  transaction  must  be 
reviewed  by  our  Audit  and  Finance  Committee.      The  Audit  and  Finance  Committee  reviews  the  relevant  facts  and 
circumstances of the transaction, including if the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arms-
length  dealings  with  an  unrelated  third  party  and  the  extent  of  the  related  party’s  interest  in  the  transaction,  taking  into 
account the conflicts of interest and corporate opportunity provisions of our Code of Ethics, and either recommends that the 
Board of Directors approve or disapprove the related party transaction.  We will disclose  all related party transactions, as 
required, in our filings with the SEC.  No reportable transactions occurred during 2016 and 2015, and there are currently no 
such proposed transactions. 

Director Independence 

Refer to the Corporate Governance section of Part III, Item 10 of this report. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES  

The firm of Bonadio & Co., LLP served as our independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 
31, 2015 and the firm of Freed Maxick CPAs P.C. served as our independent registered public accounting firm for the year 
ended December 31, 2016. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Aggregate fees for professional services rendered for us for 2015 and 2016 were: 

2015

2016

$200,000

13,750

24,375

-

$192,800

11,800

-

-

$238,125

$204,600

Audit Fees

Audit - Related Fees

Tax Fees

All Other Fees

Total Fees

Audit Fees 

Audit fees were for professional services rendered for the audit of our consolidated financial statements and reviews of our 
quarterly consolidated financial statements. 

Audit-Related Fees 

Audit-related fees were for the annual audit of our 401(k) defined contribution plan.  Also included in the audit-related fees 
for  2016  is  an  amount  related  to  a  review  of  our  8-K  filing  related  to  our  acquisition  of  Accutronics  and  for  2015  is  an 
amount related to a review of our S-8 filing.   

Tax Fees 

Tax fees relate to tax compliance services, including the preparation of corporate and state tax returns. 

Our Audit and Finance Committee has not adopted pre-approval policies and procedures for audit and non-audit services.  
Although  no  pre-approval  policy  was  in  effect,  all  audit,  audit-related  and  permitted  non-audit  services  for  which  our 
independent registered public accounting firm was engaged were reviewed and approved prior to the commencement of the 
services by our Audit and Finance Committee in compliance with applicable SEC requirements. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

ITEM 15.       EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES   

(a)  The following documents are filed as part of this report: 

3. Exhibits:  

The  exhibits  listed  in  the  exhibit  index  of  the  Original  Filing  and  the  exhibits  listed  in  the  exhibit  index  of  this 
Amendment No. 1 are filed with, or incorporated by reference in, this report. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date:  April 28, 2017 

ULTRALIFE CORPORATION 

/s/ Michael D. Popielec 
Michael D. Popielec 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 

      Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the 
following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Date:  April 28, 2017 

Date:  April 28, 2017 

Date:  April 28, 2017 

Date:  April 28, 2017 

Date:  April 28, 2017 

Date:  April 28, 2017 

Date:  April 28, 2017 

/s/ Michael D. Popielec 
Michael D. Popielec 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Philip A. Fain                             
Philip A. Fain 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal  
Accounting Officer) 

/s/ Steven M. Anderson 
Steven M. Anderson (Director) 

/s/ Thomas L. Saeli 
Thomas L. Saeli (Director) 

/s/ Robert W. Shaw II 
Robert W. Shaw II (Director) 

/s/ Ranjit C. Singh 
Ranjit C. Singh (Director) 

/s/ Bradford T. Whitmore                                  
Bradford T. Whitmore (Director) 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                               
 
 
 
 
 
 
                               
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Index to Exhibits 

31.1 

31.2 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Michael D. Popielec, certify that: 

Exhibit 31.1 

1. 

2. 

I have reviewed this Amendment No. 1 to annual report on Form 10-K of Ultralife Corporation; and 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to 
state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report. 

Date:  April 28, 2017 

/s/ Michael D. Popielec                       
Michael D. Popielec  
President and Chief Executive Officer 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Philip A. Fain, certify that: 

Exhibit 31.2 

1. 

2. 

I have reviewed this Amendment No. 1 to annual report on Form 10-K of Ultralife Corporation; and 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report. 

Date:  April 28, 2017 

/s/ Philip A. Fain                            
Philip A. Fain 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE & SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 

Board of Directors 

Bradford T. Whitmore 

Board Chair, Managing Partner, Grace Brothers, Ltd. 

Steven M. Anderson 

Brigadier General (Ret.) U.S. Army; Afghanistan Country Manager, 
Fluor Corporation 

Michael D. Popielec 

President and Chief Executive Officer, Ultralife Corporation 

Thomas L. Saeli 

Chief Executive Officer, JRB Enterprises, Inc. 

Robert W. Shaw II 

Consultant for Large Maritime Operating and Electronics Companies 

Ranjit C. Singh 

Chief Executive Officer, CSR Consulting Group 

Corporate Officers 

Michael D. Popielec 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

Philip A. Fain 

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary 

Stock Exchange Listing 
NASDAQ 

Stock Symbol 
ULBI 

Stock Transfer Agent 
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company 
6201 15th Avenue 
Brooklyn, NY 11219 

Annual Meeting 
July 18, 2017 
9:00 A.M. Local Time 
The Westin Crystal City 
1800 Jefferson Davis Highway 
Arlington, VA 22202 

Form 10-K 
Shareholders may obtain a copy of our Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2016 by going to the Investor 
Info page at www.ultralifecorporation.com or 
by calling us at 1-315-332-7100.  This 
information is also available at no charge by 
sending a request to Shareholder Services at 
the following address: 

Ultralife Corporation 
Attn:  Philip A. Fain 
2000 Technology Parkway 
Newark, NY 14513 
Attn:  Philip A. Fain